arm.h (TARGET_SWITCHES): Add -m{no-}single-pic-base.
[gcc.git] / gcc / invoke.texi
1 @c Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 92-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2 @c This is part of the GCC manual.
3 @c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5 @node Invoking GCC
6 @chapter GNU CC Command Options
7 @cindex GNU CC command options
8 @cindex command options
9 @cindex options, GNU CC command
10
11 When you invoke GNU CC, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
12 assembly and linking. The ``overall options'' allow you to stop this
13 process at an intermediate stage. For example, the @samp{-c} option
14 says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
15 output by the assembler.
16
17 Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
18 control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
19 options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
20 documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
21
22 @cindex C compilation options
23 Most of the command line options that you can use with GNU CC are useful
24 for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
25 (usually C++), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
26 for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
27 that option with all supported languages.
28
29 @cindex C++ compilation options
30 @xref{Invoking G++,,Compiling C++ Programs}, for a summary of special
31 options for compiling C++ programs.
32
33 @cindex grouping options
34 @cindex options, grouping
35 The @code{gcc} program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
36 options have multiletter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
37 may @emph{not} be grouped: @samp{-dr} is very different from @w{@samp{-d
38 -r}}.
39
40 @cindex order of options
41 @cindex options, order
42 You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
43 you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several options
44 of the same kind; for example, if you specify @samp{-L} more than once,
45 the directories are searched in the order specified.
46
47 Many options have long names starting with @samp{-f} or with
48 @samp{-W}---for example, @samp{-fforce-mem},
49 @samp{-fstrength-reduce}, @samp{-Wformat} and so on. Most of
50 these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
51 @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. This manual documents
52 only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
53
54 @menu
55 * Option Summary:: Brief list of all options, without explanations.
56 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
57 an executable, object files, assembler files,
58 or preprocessed source.
59 * Invoking G++:: Compiling C++ programs.
60 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
61 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
62 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
63 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
64 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
65 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
66 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
67 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
68 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
69 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
70 Where to find the compiler executable files.
71 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
72 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GNU CC.
73 * Submodel Options:: Specifying minor hardware or convention variations,
74 such as 68010 vs 68020.
75 * Code Gen Options:: Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout
76 and register usage.
77 * Environment Variables:: Env vars that affect GNU CC.
78 * Running Protoize:: Automatically adding or removing function prototypes.
79 @end menu
80
81 @node Option Summary
82 @section Option Summary
83
84 Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
85 in the following sections.
86
87 @table @emph
88 @item Overall Options
89 @xref{Overall Options,,Options Controlling the Kind of Output}.
90 @smallexample
91 -c -S -E -o @var{file} -pipe -v --help -x @var{language}
92 @end smallexample
93
94 @item C Language Options
95 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}.
96 @smallexample
97 -ansi -flang-isoc9x -fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -fno-asm
98 -fno-builtin -ffreestanding -fhosted -fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char
99 -funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char -fwritable-strings
100 -traditional -traditional-cpp -trigraphs
101 @end smallexample
102
103 @item C++ Language Options
104 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}.
105 @smallexample
106 -fno-access-control -fcheck-new -fconserve-space -fdollars-in-identifiers
107 -fno-elide-constructors -fexternal-templates -ffor-scope
108 -fno-for-scope -fno-gnu-keywords -fguiding-decls -fhandle-signatures
109 -fhonor-std -fhuge-objects -fno-implicit-templates -finit-priority
110 -fno-implement-inlines -fname-mangling-version-@var{n} -fno-default-inline
111 -foperator-names -fno-optional-diags -fpermissive -frepo -fstrict-prototype
112 -fsquangle -ftemplate-depth-@var{n} -fthis-is-variable -fvtable-thunks
113 -nostdinc++ -Wctor-dtor-privacy -Wno-deprecated -Weffc++
114 -Wno-non-template-friend
115 -Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wold-style-cast -Woverloaded-virtual
116 -Wno-pmf-conversions -Wreorder -Wsign-promo -Wsynth
117 @end smallexample
118
119 @item Warning Options
120 @xref{Warning Options,,Options to Request or Suppress Warnings}.
121 @smallexample
122 -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors
123 -w -W -Wall -Waggregate-return -Wbad-function-cast
124 -Wcast-align -Wcast-qual -Wchar-subscripts -Wcomment
125 -Wconversion -Werror -Wformat
126 -Wid-clash-@var{len} -Wimplicit -Wimplicit-int
127 -Wimplicit-function-declaration -Wimport
128 -Werror-implicit-function-declaration -Winline
129 -Wlarger-than-@var{len} -Wlong-long
130 -Wmain -Wmissing-declarations -Wmissing-noreturn
131 -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmultichar -Wnested-externs -Wno-import
132 -Wparentheses -Wpointer-arith -Wredundant-decls
133 -Wreturn-type -Wshadow -Wsign-compare -Wstrict-prototypes
134 -Wswitch -Wtraditional
135 -Wtrigraphs -Wundef -Wuninitialized -Wunused -Wwrite-strings
136 -Wunknown-pragmas
137 @end smallexample
138
139 @item Debugging Options
140 @xref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC}.
141 @smallexample
142 -a -ax -d@var{letters} -fdump-unnumbered -fpretend-float
143 -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
144 -g -g@var{level} -gcoff -gdwarf -gdwarf-1 -gdwarf-1+ -gdwarf-2
145 -ggdb -gstabs -gstabs+ -gxcoff -gxcoff+
146 -p -pg -print-file-name=@var{library} -print-libgcc-file-name
147 -print-prog-name=@var{program} -print-search-dirs -save-temps
148 @end smallexample
149
150 @item Optimization Options
151 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options that Control Optimization}.
152 @smallexample
153 -fbranch-probabilities -foptimize-register-moves
154 -fcaller-saves -fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks
155 -fdelayed-branch -fexpensive-optimizations
156 -ffast-math -ffloat-store -fforce-addr -fforce-mem
157 -fdata-sections -ffunction-sections -fgcse
158 -finline-functions -finline-limit-@var{n} -fkeep-inline-functions
159 -fno-default-inline -fno-defer-pop -fno-function-cse
160 -fno-inline -fno-peephole -fomit-frame-pointer -fregmove
161 -frerun-cse-after-loop -frerun-loop-opt -fschedule-insns
162 -fschedule-insns2 -fstrength-reduce -fthread-jumps
163 -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops
164 -fmove-all-movables -freduce-all-givs -fstrict-aliasing
165 -O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os
166 @end smallexample
167
168 @item Preprocessor Options
169 @xref{Preprocessor Options,,Options Controlling the Preprocessor}.
170 @smallexample
171 -A@var{question}(@var{answer}) -C -dD -dM -dN
172 -D@var{macro}@r{[}=@var{defn}@r{]} -E -H
173 -idirafter @var{dir}
174 -include @var{file} -imacros @var{file}
175 -iprefix @var{file} -iwithprefix @var{dir}
176 -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir} -isystem @var{dir} -isystem-c++ @var{dir}
177 -M -MD -MM -MMD -MG -nostdinc -P -trigraphs
178 -undef -U@var{macro} -Wp,@var{option}
179 @end smallexample
180
181 @item Assembler Option
182 @xref{Assembler Options,,Passing Options to the Assembler}.
183 @smallexample
184 -Wa,@var{option}
185 @end smallexample
186
187 @item Linker Options
188 @xref{Link Options,,Options for Linking}.
189 @smallexample
190 @var{object-file-name} -l@var{library}
191 -nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs -nostdlib
192 -s -static -shared -symbolic
193 -Wl,@var{option} -Xlinker @var{option}
194 -u @var{symbol}
195 @end smallexample
196
197 @item Directory Options
198 @xref{Directory Options,,Options for Directory Search}.
199 @smallexample
200 -B@var{prefix} -I@var{dir} -I- -L@var{dir} -specs=@var{file}
201 @end smallexample
202
203 @item Target Options
204 @c I wrote this xref this way to avoid overfull hbox. -- rms
205 @xref{Target Options}.
206 @smallexample
207 -b @var{machine} -V @var{version}
208 @end smallexample
209
210 @item Machine Dependent Options
211 @xref{Submodel Options,,Hardware Models and Configurations}.
212 @smallexample
213 @emph{M680x0 Options}
214 -m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040
215 -m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -m68881 -mbitfield -mc68000 -mc68020
216 -mfpa -mnobitfield -mrtd -mshort -msoft-float -mpcrel
217 -malign-int
218
219 @emph{VAX Options}
220 -mg -mgnu -munix
221
222 @emph{SPARC Options}
223 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
224 -mtune=@var{cpu type}
225 -mcmodel=@var{code model}
226 -malign-jumps=@var{num} -malign-loops=@var{num}
227 -malign-functions=@var{num}
228 -m32 -m64
229 -mapp-regs -mbroken-saverestore -mcypress -mepilogue
230 -mflat -mfpu -mhard-float -mhard-quad-float
231 -mimpure-text -mlive-g0 -mno-app-regs -mno-epilogue
232 -mno-flat -mno-fpu -mno-impure-text
233 -mno-stack-bias -mno-unaligned-doubles
234 -msoft-float -msoft-quad-float -msparclite -mstack-bias
235 -msupersparc -munaligned-doubles -mv8
236
237 @emph{Convex Options}
238 -mc1 -mc2 -mc32 -mc34 -mc38
239 -margcount -mnoargcount
240 -mlong32 -mlong64
241 -mvolatile-cache -mvolatile-nocache
242
243 @emph{AMD29K Options}
244 -m29000 -m29050 -mbw -mnbw -mdw -mndw
245 -mlarge -mnormal -msmall
246 -mkernel-registers -mno-reuse-arg-regs
247 -mno-stack-check -mno-storem-bug
248 -mreuse-arg-regs -msoft-float -mstack-check
249 -mstorem-bug -muser-registers
250
251 @emph{ARM Options}
252 -mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame
253 -mapcs-26 -mapcs-32
254 -mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check
255 -mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float
256 -mapcs-reentrant -mno-apcs-reentrant
257 -msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog
258 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian
259 -mshort-load-bytes -mno-short-load-bytes -mshort-load-words -mno-short-load-words
260 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mfpe
261 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork
262 -mcpu= -march= -mfpe=
263 -mstructure-size-boundary=
264 -mbsd -mxopen -mno-symrename
265 -mabort-on-noreturn
266 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport
267 -msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base
268 -mpic-register=
269
270 @emph{Thumb Options}
271 -mtpcs-frame -mno-tpcs-frame
272 -mtpcs-leaf-frame -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
273 -mlittle-endian -mbig-endian
274 -mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork
275 -mstructure-size-boundary=
276 -mnop-fun-dllimport -mno-nop-fun-dllimport
277 -mcallee-super-interworking -mno-callee-super-interworking
278 -mcaller-super-interworking -mno-caller-super-interworking
279
280 @emph{MN10200 Options}
281 -mrelax
282
283 @emph{MN10300 Options}
284 -mmult-bug
285 -mno-mult-bug
286 -mrelax
287
288 @emph{M32R/D Options}
289 -mcode-model=@var{model type} -msdata=@var{sdata type}
290 -G @var{num}
291
292 @emph{M88K Options}
293 -m88000 -m88100 -m88110 -mbig-pic
294 -mcheck-zero-division -mhandle-large-shift
295 -midentify-revision -mno-check-zero-division
296 -mno-ocs-debug-info -mno-ocs-frame-position
297 -mno-optimize-arg-area -mno-serialize-volatile
298 -mno-underscores -mocs-debug-info
299 -mocs-frame-position -moptimize-arg-area
300 -mserialize-volatile -mshort-data-@var{num} -msvr3
301 -msvr4 -mtrap-large-shift -muse-div-instruction
302 -mversion-03.00 -mwarn-passed-structs
303
304 @emph{RS/6000 and PowerPC Options}
305 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
306 -mtune=@var{cpu type}
307 -mpower -mno-power -mpower2 -mno-power2
308 -mpowerpc -mno-powerpc
309 -mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt
310 -mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
311 -mnew-mnemonics -mno-new-mnemonics
312 -mfull-toc -mminimal-toc -mno-fop-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc
313 -maix64 -maix32 -mxl-call -mno-xl-call -mthreads -mpe
314 -msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple
315 -mstring -mno-string -mupdate -mno-update
316 -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align
317 -mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable
318 -mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib
319 -mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian
320 -mcall-aix -mcall-sysv -mprototype -mno-prototype
321 -msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata
322 -msdata=@var{opt} -G @var{num}
323
324 @emph{RT Options}
325 -mcall-lib-mul -mfp-arg-in-fpregs -mfp-arg-in-gregs
326 -mfull-fp-blocks -mhc-struct-return -min-line-mul
327 -mminimum-fp-blocks -mnohc-struct-return
328
329 @emph{MIPS Options}
330 -mabicalls -mcpu=@var{cpu type} -membedded-data
331 -membedded-pic -mfp32 -mfp64 -mgas -mgp32 -mgp64
332 -mgpopt -mhalf-pic -mhard-float -mint64 -mips1
333 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mlong64 -mlong32 -mlong-calls -mmemcpy
334 -mmips-as -mmips-tfile -mno-abicalls
335 -mno-embedded-data -mno-embedded-pic
336 -mno-gpopt -mno-long-calls
337 -mno-memcpy -mno-mips-tfile -mno-rnames -mno-stats
338 -mrnames -msoft-float
339 -m4650 -msingle-float -mmad
340 -mstats -EL -EB -G @var{num} -nocpp
341 -mabi=32 -mabi=n32 -mabi=64 -mabi=eabi
342
343 @emph{i386 Options}
344 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
345 -march=@var{cpu type}
346 -mieee-fp -mno-fancy-math-387
347 -mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float -msvr3-shlib
348 -mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double
349 -mreg-alloc=@var{list} -mregparm=@var{num}
350 -malign-jumps=@var{num} -malign-loops=@var{num}
351 -malign-functions=@var{num} -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num}
352
353 @emph{HPPA Options}
354 -march=@var{architecture type}
355 -mbig-switch -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing
356 -mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mjump-in-delay
357 -mlong-load-store -mno-big-switch -mno-disable-fpregs
358 -mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas
359 -mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store
360 -mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float
361 -mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0
362 -mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime
363 -mschedule=@var{cpu type} -mspace-regs
364
365 @emph{Intel 960 Options}
366 -m@var{cpu type} -masm-compat -mclean-linkage
367 -mcode-align -mcomplex-addr -mleaf-procedures
368 -mic-compat -mic2.0-compat -mic3.0-compat
369 -mintel-asm -mno-clean-linkage -mno-code-align
370 -mno-complex-addr -mno-leaf-procedures
371 -mno-old-align -mno-strict-align -mno-tail-call
372 -mnumerics -mold-align -msoft-float -mstrict-align
373 -mtail-call
374
375 @emph{DEC Alpha Options}
376 -mfp-regs -mno-fp-regs -mno-soft-float -msoft-float
377 -malpha-as -mgas
378 -mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant
379 -mfp-trap-mode=@var{mode} -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{mode}
380 -mtrap-precision=@var{mode} -mbuild-constants
381 -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
382 -mbwx -mno-bwx -mcix -mno-cix -mmax -mno-max
383 -mmemory-latency=@var{time}
384
385 @emph{Clipper Options}
386 -mc300 -mc400
387
388 @emph{H8/300 Options}
389 -mrelax -mh -ms -mint32 -malign-300
390
391 @emph{SH Options}
392 -m1 -m2 -m3 -m3e -mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax
393
394 @emph{System V Options}
395 -Qy -Qn -YP,@var{paths} -Ym,@var{dir}
396
397 @emph{ARC Options}
398 -EB -EL
399 -mmangle-cpu -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mtext=@var{text section}
400 -mdata=@var{data section} -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}
401
402 @emph{TMS320C3x/C4x Options}
403 -mcpu=@var{cpu} -mbig -msmall -mregparm -mmemparm
404 -mfast-fix -mmpyi -mbk -mti -mdp-isr-reload
405 -mrpts=@var{count} -mrptb -mdb -mloop-unsigned
406 -mparallel-insns -mparallel-mpy -mpreserve-float
407
408 @emph{V850 Options}
409 -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep
410 -mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace
411 -mtda=@var{n} -msda=@var{n} -mzda=@var{n}
412 -mv850 -mbig-switch
413
414 @emph{NS32K Options}
415 -m32032 -m32332 -m32532 -m32081 -m32381 -mmult-add -mnomult-add
416 -msoft-float -mrtd -mnortd -mregparam -mnoregparam -msb -mnosb
417 -mbitfield -mnobitfield -mhimem -mnohimem
418 @end smallexample
419
420 @item Code Generation Options
421 @xref{Code Gen Options,,Options for Code Generation Conventions}.
422 @smallexample
423 -fcall-saved-@var{reg} -fcall-used-@var{reg}
424 -fexceptions -ffixed-@var{reg} -finhibit-size-directive
425 -fcheck-memory-usage -fprefix-function-name
426 -fno-common -fno-ident -fno-gnu-linker
427 -fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC
428 -freg-struct-return -fshared-data -fshort-enums
429 -fshort-double -fvolatile -fvolatile-global -fvolatile-static
430 -fverbose-asm -fpack-struct -fstack-check
431 -fargument-alias -fargument-noalias
432 -fargument-noalias-global
433 -fleading-underscore
434 @end smallexample
435 @end table
436
437 @menu
438 * Overall Options:: Controlling the kind of output:
439 an executable, object files, assembler files,
440 or preprocessed source.
441 * C Dialect Options:: Controlling the variant of C language compiled.
442 * C++ Dialect Options:: Variations on C++.
443 * Warning Options:: How picky should the compiler be?
444 * Debugging Options:: Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps.
445 * Optimize Options:: How much optimization?
446 * Preprocessor Options:: Controlling header files and macro definitions.
447 Also, getting dependency information for Make.
448 * Assembler Options:: Passing options to the assembler.
449 * Link Options:: Specifying libraries and so on.
450 * Directory Options:: Where to find header files and libraries.
451 Where to find the compiler executable files.
452 * Spec Files:: How to pass switches to sub-processes.
453 * Target Options:: Running a cross-compiler, or an old version of GNU CC.
454 @end menu
455
456 @node Overall Options
457 @section Options Controlling the Kind of Output
458
459 Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
460 proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. The first three
461 stages apply to an individual source file, and end by producing an
462 object file; linking combines all the object files (those newly
463 compiled, and those specified as input) into an executable file.
464
465 @cindex file name suffix
466 For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
467 compilation is done:
468
469 @table @code
470 @item @var{file}.c
471 C source code which must be preprocessed.
472
473 @item @var{file}.i
474 C source code which should not be preprocessed.
475
476 @item @var{file}.ii
477 C++ source code which should not be preprocessed.
478
479 @item @var{file}.m
480 Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the library
481 @file{libobjc.a} to make an Objective-C program work.
482
483 @item @var{file}.h
484 C header file (not to be compiled or linked).
485
486 @item @var{file}.cc
487 @itemx @var{file}.cxx
488 @itemx @var{file}.cpp
489 @itemx @var{file}.C
490 C++ source code which must be preprocessed. Note that in @samp{.cxx},
491 the last two letters must both be literally @samp{x}. Likewise,
492 @samp{.C} refers to a literal capital C.
493
494 @item @var{file}.s
495 Assembler code.
496
497 @item @var{file}.S
498 Assembler code which must be preprocessed.
499
500 @item @var{other}
501 An object file to be fed straight into linking.
502 Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
503 @end table
504
505 You can specify the input language explicitly with the @samp{-x} option:
506
507 @table @code
508 @item -x @var{language}
509 Specify explicitly the @var{language} for the following input files
510 (rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
511 name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
512 the next @samp{-x} option. Possible values for @var{language} are:
513 @example
514 c objective-c c++
515 c-header cpp-output c++-cpp-output
516 assembler assembler-with-cpp
517 @end example
518
519 @item -x none
520 Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
521 handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if @samp{-x}
522 has not been used at all).
523 @end table
524
525 If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
526 @samp{-x} (or filename suffixes) to tell @code{gcc} where to start, and
527 one of the options @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, or @samp{-E} to say where
528 @code{gcc} is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
529 @samp{-x cpp-output -E} instruct @code{gcc} to do nothing at all.
530
531 @table @code
532 @item -c
533 Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
534 stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
535 object file for each source file.
536
537 By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
538 the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, @samp{.s}, etc., with @samp{.o}.
539
540 Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
541 ignored.
542
543 @item -S
544 Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
545 is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
546 file specified.
547
548 By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
549 replacing the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, etc., with @samp{.s}.
550
551 Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
552
553 @item -E
554 Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
555 output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
556 standard output.
557
558 Input files which don't require preprocessing are ignored.
559
560 @cindex output file option
561 @item -o @var{file}
562 Place output in file @var{file}. This applies regardless to whatever
563 sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
564 an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
565
566 Since only one output file can be specified, it does not make sense to
567 use @samp{-o} when compiling more than one input file, unless you are
568 producing an executable file as output.
569
570 If @samp{-o} is not specified, the default is to put an executable file
571 in @file{a.out}, the object file for @file{@var{source}.@var{suffix}} in
572 @file{@var{source}.o}, its assembler file in @file{@var{source}.s}, and
573 all preprocessed C source on standard output.@refill
574
575 @item -v
576 Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
577 of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
578 program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
579
580 @item -pipe
581 Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
582 various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
583 the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has
584 no trouble.
585
586 @item --help
587 Print (on the standard output) a description of the command line options
588 understood by @code{gcc}. If the @code{-v} option is also specified
589 then @code{--help} will also be passed on to the various processes
590 invoked by @code{gcc}, so that they can display the command line options
591 they accept. If the @code{-W} option is also specified then command
592 line options which have no documentation associated with them will also
593 be displayed.
594 @end table
595
596 @node Invoking G++
597 @section Compiling C++ Programs
598
599 @cindex suffixes for C++ source
600 @cindex C++ source file suffixes
601 C++ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes @samp{.C},
602 @samp{.cc}, @samp{.cpp}, @samp{.c++}, @samp{.cp}, or @samp{.cxx};
603 preprocessed C++ files use the suffix @samp{.ii}. GNU CC recognizes
604 files with these names and compiles them as C++ programs even if you
605 call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually with
606 the name @code{gcc}).
607
608 @findex g++
609 @findex c++
610 However, C++ programs often require class libraries as well as a
611 compiler that understands the C++ language---and under some
612 circumstances, you might want to compile programs from standard input,
613 or otherwise without a suffix that flags them as C++ programs.
614 @code{g++} is a program that calls GNU CC with the default language
615 set to C++, and automatically specifies linking against the C++
616 library. On many systems, the script @code{g++} is also
617 installed with the name @code{c++}.
618
619 @cindex invoking @code{g++}
620 When you compile C++ programs, you may specify many of the same
621 command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
622 language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
623 languages; or options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
624 @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}, for
625 explanations of options for languages related to C.
626 @xref{C++ Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C++ Dialect}, for
627 explanations of options that are meaningful only for C++ programs.
628
629 @node C Dialect Options
630 @section Options Controlling C Dialect
631 @cindex dialect options
632 @cindex language dialect options
633 @cindex options, dialect
634
635 The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
636 from C, such as C++ and Objective C) that the compiler accepts:
637
638 @table @code
639 @cindex ANSI support
640 @item -ansi
641 Support all ANSI standard C programs.
642
643 This turns off certain features of GNU C that are incompatible with ANSI
644 C, such as the @code{asm}, @code{inline} and @code{typeof} keywords, and
645 predefined macros such as @code{unix} and @code{vax} that identify the
646 type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
647 rarely used ANSI trigraph feature, and it disables recognition of C++
648 style @samp{//} comments.
649
650 The alternate keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__extension__},
651 @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__} continue to work despite
652 @samp{-ansi}. You would not want to use them in an ANSI C program, of
653 course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
654 in compilations done with @samp{-ansi}. Alternate predefined macros
655 such as @code{__unix__} and @code{__vax__} are also available, with or
656 without @samp{-ansi}.
657
658 The @samp{-ansi} option does not cause non-ANSI programs to be
659 rejected gratuitously. For that, @samp{-pedantic} is required in
660 addition to @samp{-ansi}. @xref{Warning Options}.
661
662 The macro @code{__STRICT_ANSI__} is predefined when the @samp{-ansi}
663 option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
664 from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
665 ANSI standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
666 programs that might use these names for other things.
667
668 The functions @code{alloca}, @code{abort}, @code{exit}, and
669 @code{_exit} are not builtin functions when @samp{-ansi} is used.
670
671 @item -flang-isoc9x
672 Enable support for features found in the C9X standard. In particular,
673 enable support for the C9X @code{restrict} keyword.
674
675 Even when this option is not specified, you can still use some C9X
676 features in so far as they do not conflict with previous C standards.
677 For example, you may use @code{__restrict__} even when -flang-isoc9x
678 is not specified.
679
680 @item -fno-asm
681 Do not recognize @code{asm}, @code{inline} or @code{typeof} as a
682 keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
683 the keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__}
684 instead. @samp{-ansi} implies @samp{-fno-asm}.
685
686 In C++, this switch only affects the @code{typeof} keyword, since
687 @code{asm} and @code{inline} are standard keywords. You may want to
688 use the @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords} flag instead, as it also disables the
689 other, C++-specific, extension keywords such as @code{headof}.
690
691 @item -fno-builtin
692 @cindex builtin functions
693 @findex abort
694 @findex abs
695 @findex alloca
696 @findex cos
697 @findex exit
698 @findex fabs
699 @findex ffs
700 @findex labs
701 @findex memcmp
702 @findex memcpy
703 @findex sin
704 @findex sqrt
705 @findex strcmp
706 @findex strcpy
707 @findex strlen
708 Don't recognize builtin functions that do not begin with @samp{__builtin_}
709 as prefix. Currently, the functions affected include @code{abort},
710 @code{abs}, @code{alloca}, @code{cos}, @code{exit}, @code{fabs},
711 @code{ffs}, @code{labs}, @code{memcmp}, @code{memcpy}, @code{sin},
712 @code{sqrt}, @code{strcmp}, @code{strcpy}, and @code{strlen}.
713
714 GCC normally generates special code to handle certain builtin functions
715 more efficiently; for instance, calls to @code{alloca} may become single
716 instructions that adjust the stack directly, and calls to @code{memcpy}
717 may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
718 and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
719 cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
720 of the functions by linking with a different library.
721
722 The @samp{-ansi} option prevents @code{alloca} and @code{ffs} from being
723 builtin functions, since these functions do not have an ANSI standard
724 meaning.
725
726 @item -fhosted
727 @cindex hosted environment
728
729 Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
730 @samp{-fbuiltin}. A hosted environment is one in which the
731 entire standard library is available, and in which @code{main} has a return
732 type of @code{int}. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
733 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-freestanding}.
734
735 @item -ffreestanding
736 @cindex hosted environment
737
738 Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
739 implies @samp{-fno-builtin}. A freestanding environment
740 is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
741 not necessarily be at @code{main}. The most obvious example is an OS kernel.
742 This is equivalent to @samp{-fno-hosted}.
743
744 @item -trigraphs
745 Support ANSI C trigraphs. You don't want to know about this
746 brain-damage. The @samp{-ansi} option implies @samp{-trigraphs}.
747
748 @cindex traditional C language
749 @cindex C language, traditional
750 @item -traditional
751 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C compilers.
752 Specifically:
753
754 @itemize @bullet
755 @item
756 All @code{extern} declarations take effect globally even if they
757 are written inside of a function definition. This includes implicit
758 declarations of functions.
759
760 @item
761 The newer keywords @code{typeof}, @code{inline}, @code{signed}, @code{const}
762 and @code{volatile} are not recognized. (You can still use the
763 alternative keywords such as @code{__typeof__}, @code{__inline__}, and
764 so on.)
765
766 @item
767 Comparisons between pointers and integers are always allowed.
768
769 @item
770 Integer types @code{unsigned short} and @code{unsigned char} promote
771 to @code{unsigned int}.
772
773 @item
774 Out-of-range floating point literals are not an error.
775
776 @item
777 Certain constructs which ANSI regards as a single invalid preprocessing
778 number, such as @samp{0xe-0xd}, are treated as expressions instead.
779
780 @item
781 String ``constants'' are not necessarily constant; they are stored in
782 writable space, and identical looking constants are allocated
783 separately. (This is the same as the effect of
784 @samp{-fwritable-strings}.)
785
786 @cindex @code{longjmp} and automatic variables
787 @item
788 All automatic variables not declared @code{register} are preserved by
789 @code{longjmp}. Ordinarily, GNU C follows ANSI C: automatic variables
790 not declared @code{volatile} may be clobbered.
791
792 @item
793 @kindex \x
794 @kindex \a
795 @cindex escape sequences, traditional
796 The character escape sequences @samp{\x} and @samp{\a} evaluate as the
797 literal characters @samp{x} and @samp{a} respectively. Without
798 @w{@samp{-traditional}}, @samp{\x} is a prefix for the hexadecimal
799 representation of a character, and @samp{\a} produces a bell.
800 @end itemize
801
802 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
803 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
804 other purposes of its own.
805
806 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
807 rely on ANSI C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
808 ANSI C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
809 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
810
811 The @samp{-traditional} option also enables @samp{-traditional-cpp},
812 which is described next.
813
814 @item -traditional-cpp
815 Attempt to support some aspects of traditional C preprocessors.
816 Specifically:
817
818 @itemize @bullet
819 @item
820 Comments convert to nothing at all, rather than to a space. This allows
821 traditional token concatenation.
822
823 @item
824 In a preprocessing directive, the @samp{#} symbol must appear as the first
825 character of a line.
826
827 @item
828 Macro arguments are recognized within string constants in a macro
829 definition (and their values are stringified, though without additional
830 quote marks, when they appear in such a context). The preprocessor
831 always considers a string constant to end at a newline.
832
833 @item
834 @cindex detecting @w{@samp{-traditional}}
835 The predefined macro @code{__STDC__} is not defined when you use
836 @samp{-traditional}, but @code{__GNUC__} is (since the GNU extensions
837 which @code{__GNUC__} indicates are not affected by
838 @samp{-traditional}). If you need to write header files that work
839 differently depending on whether @samp{-traditional} is in use, by
840 testing both of these predefined macros you can distinguish four
841 situations: GNU C, traditional GNU C, other ANSI C compilers, and other
842 old C compilers. The predefined macro @code{__STDC_VERSION__} is also
843 not defined when you use @samp{-traditional}. @xref{Standard
844 Predefined,,Standard Predefined Macros,cpp.info,The C Preprocessor},
845 for more discussion of these and other predefined macros.
846
847 @item
848 @cindex string constants vs newline
849 @cindex newline vs string constants
850 The preprocessor considers a string constant to end at a newline (unless
851 the newline is escaped with @samp{\}). (Without @w{@samp{-traditional}},
852 string constants can contain the newline character as typed.)
853 @end itemize
854
855 @item -fcond-mismatch
856 Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
857 third arguments. The value of such an expression is void.
858
859 @item -funsigned-char
860 Let the type @code{char} be unsigned, like @code{unsigned char}.
861
862 Each kind of machine has a default for what @code{char} should
863 be. It is either like @code{unsigned char} by default or like
864 @code{signed char} by default.
865
866 Ideally, a portable program should always use @code{signed char} or
867 @code{unsigned char} when it depends on the signedness of an object.
868 But many programs have been written to use plain @code{char} and
869 expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
870 machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
871 make such a program work with the opposite default.
872
873 The type @code{char} is always a distinct type from each of
874 @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}, even though its behavior
875 is always just like one of those two.
876
877 @item -fsigned-char
878 Let the type @code{char} be signed, like @code{signed char}.
879
880 Note that this is equivalent to @samp{-fno-unsigned-char}, which is
881 the negative form of @samp{-funsigned-char}. Likewise, the option
882 @samp{-fno-signed-char} is equivalent to @samp{-funsigned-char}.
883
884 You may wish to use @samp{-fno-builtin} as well as @samp{-traditional}
885 if your program uses names that are normally GNU C builtin functions for
886 other purposes of its own.
887
888 You cannot use @samp{-traditional} if you include any header files that
889 rely on ANSI C features. Some vendors are starting to ship systems with
890 ANSI C header files and you cannot use @samp{-traditional} on such
891 systems to compile files that include any system headers.
892
893 @item -fsigned-bitfields
894 @itemx -funsigned-bitfields
895 @itemx -fno-signed-bitfields
896 @itemx -fno-unsigned-bitfields
897 These options control whether a bitfield is signed or unsigned, when the
898 declaration does not use either @code{signed} or @code{unsigned}. By
899 default, such a bitfield is signed, because this is consistent: the
900 basic integer types such as @code{int} are signed types.
901
902 However, when @samp{-traditional} is used, bitfields are all unsigned
903 no matter what.
904
905 @item -fwritable-strings
906 Store string constants in the writable data segment and don't uniquize
907 them. This is for compatibility with old programs which assume they can
908 write into string constants. The option @samp{-traditional} also has
909 this effect.
910
911 Writing into string constants is a very bad idea; ``constants'' should
912 be constant.
913
914 @item -fallow-single-precision
915 Do not promote single precision math operations to double precision,
916 even when compiling with @samp{-traditional}.
917
918 Traditional K&R C promotes all floating point operations to double
919 precision, regardless of the sizes of the operands. On the
920 architecture for which you are compiling, single precision may be faster
921 than double precision. If you must use @samp{-traditional}, but want
922 to use single precision operations when the operands are single
923 precision, use this option. This option has no effect when compiling
924 with ANSI or GNU C conventions (the default).
925
926 @end table
927
928 @node C++ Dialect Options
929 @section Options Controlling C++ Dialect
930
931 @cindex compiler options, C++
932 @cindex C++ options, command line
933 @cindex options, C++
934 This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
935 for C++ programs; but you can also use most of the GNU compiler options
936 regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
937 might compile a file @code{firstClass.C} like this:
938
939 @example
940 g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
941 @end example
942
943 @noindent
944 In this example, only @samp{-frepo} is an option meant
945 only for C++ programs; you can use the other options with any
946 language supported by GNU CC.
947
948 Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling C++ programs:
949
950 @table @code
951 @item -fno-access-control
952 Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
953 around bugs in the access control code.
954
955 @item -fcheck-new
956 Check that the pointer returned by @code{operator new} is non-null
957 before attempting to modify the storage allocated. The current Working
958 Paper requires that @code{operator new} never return a null pointer, so
959 this check is normally unnecessary.
960
961 An alternative to using this option is to specify that your
962 @code{operator new} does not throw any exceptions; if you declare it
963 @samp{throw()}, g++ will check the return value. See also @samp{new
964 (nothrow)}.
965
966 @item -fconserve-space
967 Put uninitialized or runtime-initialized global variables into the
968 common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
969 cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
970 flag and your program mysteriously crashes after @code{main()} has
971 completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
972 two definitions were merged.
973
974 This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
975 been added for putting variables into BSS without making them common.
976
977 @item -fdollars-in-identifiers
978 Accept @samp{$} in identifiers. You can also explicitly prohibit use of
979 @samp{$} with the option @samp{-fno-dollars-in-identifiers}. (GNU C allows
980 @samp{$} by default on most target systems, but there are a few exceptions.)
981 Traditional C allowed the character @samp{$} to form part of
982 identifiers. However, ANSI C and C++ forbid @samp{$} in identifiers.
983
984 @item -fno-elide-constructors
985 The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
986 which is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
987 Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces g++ to
988 call the copy constructor in all cases.
989
990 @item -fexternal-templates
991 Cause template instantiations to obey @samp{#pragma interface} and
992 @samp{implementation}; template instances are emitted or not according
993 to the location of the template definition. @xref{Template
994 Instantiation}, for more information.
995
996 This option is deprecated.
997
998 @item -falt-external-templates
999 Similar to -fexternal-templates, but template instances are emitted or
1000 not according to the place where they are first instantiated.
1001 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1002
1003 This option is deprecated.
1004
1005 @item -ffor-scope
1006 @itemx -fno-for-scope
1007 If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1008 a @i{for-init-statement} is limited to the @samp{for} loop itself,
1009 as specified by the draft C++ standard.
1010 If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
1011 a @i{for-init-statement} extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
1012 as was the case in old versions of gcc, and other (traditional)
1013 implementations of C++.
1014
1015 The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
1016 but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
1017 otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
1018
1019 @item -fno-gnu-keywords
1020 Do not recognize @code{classof}, @code{headof}, @code{signature},
1021 @code{sigof} or @code{typeof} as a keyword, so that code can use these
1022 words as identifiers. You can use the keywords @code{__classof__},
1023 @code{__headof__}, @code{__signature__}, @code{__sigof__}, and
1024 @code{__typeof__} instead. @samp{-ansi} implies
1025 @samp{-fno-gnu-keywords}.
1026
1027 @item -fguiding-decls
1028 Treat a function declaration with the same type as a potential function
1029 template instantiation as though it declares that instantiation, not a
1030 normal function. If a definition is given for the function later in the
1031 translation unit (or another translation unit if the target supports
1032 weak symbols), that definition will be used; otherwise the template will
1033 be instantiated. This behavior reflects the C++ language prior to
1034 September 1996, when guiding declarations were removed.
1035
1036 This option implies @samp{-fname-mangling-version-0}, and will not work
1037 with other name mangling versions. Like all options that change the
1038 ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including libgcc.a} must be built with the same
1039 setting of this option.
1040
1041 @item -fhandle-signatures
1042 Recognize the @code{signature} and @code{sigof} keywords for specifying
1043 abstract types. The default (@samp{-fno-handle-signatures}) is not to
1044 recognize them. @xref{C++ Signatures, Type Abstraction using
1045 Signatures}.
1046
1047 @item -fhonor-std
1048 Treat the @code{namespace std} as a namespace, instead of ignoring
1049 it. For compatibility with earlier versions of g++, the compiler will,
1050 by default, ignore @code{namespace-declarations},
1051 @code{using-declarations}, @code{using-directives}, and
1052 @code{namespace-names}, if they involve @code{std}.
1053
1054 @item -fhuge-objects
1055 Support virtual function calls for objects that exceed the size
1056 representable by a @samp{short int}. Users should not use this flag by
1057 default; if you need to use it, the compiler will tell you so.
1058
1059 This flag is not useful when compiling with -fvtable-thunks.
1060
1061 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1062 libgcc} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1063
1064 @item -fno-implicit-templates
1065 Never emit code for non-inline templates which are instantiated
1066 implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
1067 @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information.
1068
1069 @item -fno-implicit-inline-templates
1070 Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
1071 The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
1072 without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
1073
1074 @item -finit-priority
1075 Support @samp{__attribute__ ((init_priority (n)))} for controlling the
1076 order of initialization of file-scope objects. On ELF targets, this
1077 requires GNU ld 2.10 or later.
1078
1079 @item -fno-implement-inlines
1080 To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
1081 controlled by @samp{#pragma implementation}. This will cause linker
1082 errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
1083
1084 @item -fname-mangling-version-@var{n}
1085 Control the way in which names are mangled. Version 0 is compatible
1086 with versions of g++ before 2.8. Version 1 is the default. Version 1
1087 will allow correct mangling of function templates. For example,
1088 version 0 mangling does not mangle foo<int, double> and foo<int, char>
1089 given this declaration:
1090
1091 @example
1092 template <class T, class U> void foo(T t);
1093 @end example
1094
1095 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1096 libgcc} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1097
1098 @item -foperator-names
1099 Recognize the operator name keywords @code{and}, @code{bitand},
1100 @code{bitor}, @code{compl}, @code{not}, @code{or} and @code{xor} as
1101 synonyms for the symbols they refer to. @samp{-ansi} implies
1102 @samp{-foperator-names}.
1103
1104 @item -fno-optional-diags
1105 Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
1106 issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by g++ is the one for
1107 a name having multiple meanings within a class.
1108
1109 @item -fpermissive
1110 Downgrade messages about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. By
1111 default, g++ effectively sets @samp{-pedantic-errors} without
1112 @samp{-pedantic}; this option reverses that. This behavior and this
1113 option are superceded by @samp{-pedantic}, which works as it does for GNU C.
1114
1115 @item -frepo
1116 Enable automatic template instantiation. This option also implies
1117 @samp{-fno-implicit-templates}. @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more
1118 information.
1119
1120 @item -fno-rtti
1121 Disable generation of the information used by C++ runtime type
1122 identification features (@samp{dynamic_cast} and @samp{typeid}). If you
1123 don't use those parts of the language (or exception handling, which uses
1124 @samp{dynamic_cast} internally), you can save some space by using this
1125 flag.
1126
1127 @item -fstrict-prototype
1128 Within an @samp{extern "C"} linkage specification, treat a function
1129 declaration with no arguments, such as @samp{int foo ();}, as declaring
1130 the function to take no arguments. Normally, such a declaration means
1131 that the function @code{foo} can take any combination of arguments, as
1132 in C. @samp{-pedantic} implies @samp{-fstrict-prototype} unless
1133 overridden with @samp{-fno-strict-prototype}.
1134
1135 Specifying this option will also suppress implicit declarations of
1136 functions.
1137
1138 This flag no longer affects declarations with C++ linkage.
1139
1140 @item -fsquangle
1141 @itemx -fno-squangle
1142 @samp{-fsquangle} will enable a compressed form of name mangling for
1143 identifiers. In particular, it helps to shorten very long names by recognizing
1144 types and class names which occur more than once, replacing them with special
1145 short ID codes. This option also requires any C++ libraries being used to
1146 be compiled with this option as well. The compiler has this disabled (the
1147 equivalent of @samp{-fno-squangle}) by default.
1148
1149 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1150 libgcc.a} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1151
1152 @item -ftemplate-depth-@var{n}
1153 Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to @var{n}.
1154 A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
1155 endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++
1156 conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17.
1157
1158 @item -fthis-is-variable
1159 Permit assignment to @code{this}. The incorporation of user-defined
1160 free store management into C++ has made assignment to @samp{this} an
1161 anachronism. Therefore, by default it is invalid to assign to
1162 @code{this} within a class member function; that is, GNU C++ treats
1163 @samp{this} in a member function of class @code{X} as a non-lvalue of
1164 type @samp{X *}. However, for backwards compatibility, you can make it
1165 valid with @samp{-fthis-is-variable}.
1166
1167 @item -fvtable-thunks
1168 Use @samp{thunks} to implement the virtual function dispatch table
1169 (@samp{vtable}). The traditional (cfront-style) approach to
1170 implementing vtables was to store a pointer to the function and two
1171 offsets for adjusting the @samp{this} pointer at the call site. Newer
1172 implementations store a single pointer to a @samp{thunk} function which
1173 does any necessary adjustment and then calls the target function.
1174
1175 This option also enables a heuristic for controlling emission of
1176 vtables; if a class has any non-inline virtual functions, the vtable
1177 will be emitted in the translation unit containing the first one of
1178 those.
1179
1180 Like all options that change the ABI, all C++ code, @emph{including
1181 libgcc.a} must be built with the same setting of this option.
1182
1183 @item -nostdinc++
1184 Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
1185 C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
1186 is used when building the C++ library.)
1187 @end table
1188
1189 In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
1190 have meanings only for C++ programs:
1191
1192 @table @code
1193 @item -fno-default-inline
1194 Do not assume @samp{inline} for functions defined inside a class scope.
1195 @xref{Optimize Options,,Options That Control Optimization}. Note that these
1196 functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
1197 inlined by default.
1198
1199 @item -Wctor-dtor-privacy (C++ only)
1200 Warn when a class seems unusable, because all the constructors or
1201 destructors in a class are private and the class has no friends or
1202 public static member functions.
1203
1204 @item -Wnon-virtual-dtor (C++ only)
1205 Warn when a class declares a non-virtual destructor that should probably
1206 be virtual, because it looks like the class will be used polymorphically.
1207
1208 @item -Wreorder (C++ only)
1209 @cindex reordering, warning
1210 @cindex warning for reordering of member initializers
1211 Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
1212 match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
1213
1214 @smallexample
1215 struct A @{
1216 int i;
1217 int j;
1218 A(): j (0), i (1) @{ @}
1219 @};
1220 @end smallexample
1221
1222 Here the compiler will warn that the member initializers for @samp{i}
1223 and @samp{j} will be rearranged to match the declaration order of the
1224 members.
1225 @end table
1226
1227 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not affected by @samp{-Wall}.
1228
1229 @table @code
1230 @item -Weffc++ (C++ only)
1231 Warn about violations of various style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
1232 @cite{Effective C++} books. If you use this option, you should be aware
1233 that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines;
1234 you can use @samp{grep -v} to filter out those warnings.
1235
1236 @item -Wno-deprecated (C++ only)
1237 Do not warn about usage of deprecated features. @xref{Deprecated Features}.
1238
1239 @item -Wno-non-template-friend (C++ only)
1240 Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
1241 within a template. With the advent of explicit template specification
1242 support in g++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (ie,
1243 @samp{friend foo(int)}), the C++ language specification demands that the
1244 friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
1245 14.5.3). Before g++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
1246 could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
1247 function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
1248 behavior for g++, @samp{-Wnon-template-friend} allows the compiler to
1249 check existing code for potential trouble spots, and is on by default.
1250 This new compiler behavior can also be turned off with the flag
1251 @samp{-fguiding-decls}, which activates the older, non-specification
1252 compiler code, or with @samp{-Wno-non-template-friend} which keeps the
1253 conformant compiler code but disables the helpful warning.
1254
1255 @item -Wold-style-cast (C++ only)
1256 Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast is used within a C++ program. The
1257 new-style casts (@samp{static_cast}, @samp{reinterpret_cast}, and
1258 @samp{const_cast}) are less vulnerable to unintended effects.
1259
1260 @item -Woverloaded-virtual (C++ only)
1261 @cindex overloaded virtual fn, warning
1262 @cindex warning for overloaded virtual fn
1263 Warn when a derived class function declaration may be an error in
1264 defining a virtual function. In a derived class, the
1265 definitions of virtual functions must match the type signature of a
1266 virtual function declared in the base class. With this option, the
1267 compiler warns when you define a function with the same name as a
1268 virtual function, but with a type signature that does not match any
1269 declarations from the base class.
1270
1271 @item -Wno-pmf-conversions (C++ only)
1272 Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
1273 to a plain pointer.
1274
1275 @item -Wsign-promo (C++ only)
1276 Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
1277 enumeral type to a signed type over a conversion to an unsigned type of
1278 the same size. Previous versions of g++ would try to preserve
1279 unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
1280
1281 @item -Wsynth (C++ only)
1282 @cindex warning for synthesized methods
1283 @cindex synthesized methods, warning
1284 Warn when g++'s synthesis behavior does not match that of cfront. For
1285 instance:
1286
1287 @smallexample
1288 struct A @{
1289 operator int ();
1290 A& operator = (int);
1291 @};
1292
1293 main ()
1294 @{
1295 A a,b;
1296 a = b;
1297 @}
1298 @end smallexample
1299
1300 In this example, g++ will synthesize a default @samp{A& operator =
1301 (const A&);}, while cfront will use the user-defined @samp{operator =}.
1302 @end table
1303
1304 @node Warning Options
1305 @section Options to Request or Suppress Warnings
1306 @cindex options to control warnings
1307 @cindex warning messages
1308 @cindex messages, warning
1309 @cindex suppressing warnings
1310
1311 Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which
1312 are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there
1313 may have been an error.
1314
1315 You can request many specific warnings with options beginning @samp{-W},
1316 for example @samp{-Wimplicit} to request warnings on implicit
1317 declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a
1318 negative form beginning @samp{-Wno-} to turn off warnings;
1319 for example, @samp{-Wno-implicit}. This manual lists only one of the
1320 two forms, whichever is not the default.
1321
1322 These options control the amount and kinds of warnings produced by GNU
1323 CC:
1324
1325 @table @code
1326 @cindex syntax checking
1327 @item -fsyntax-only
1328 Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
1329
1330 @item -pedantic
1331 Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ANSI C and ISO C++;
1332 reject all programs that use forbidden extensions.
1333
1334 Valid ANSI C and ISO C++ programs should compile properly with or without
1335 this option (though a rare few will require @samp{-ansi}). However,
1336 without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional C and C++
1337 features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
1338
1339 @samp{-pedantic} does not cause warning messages for use of the
1340 alternate keywords whose names begin and end with @samp{__}. Pedantic
1341 warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
1342 @code{__extension__}. However, only system header files should use
1343 these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
1344 @xref{Alternate Keywords}.
1345
1346 This option is not intended to be @i{useful}; it exists only to satisfy
1347 pedants who would otherwise claim that GNU CC fails to support the ANSI
1348 standard.
1349
1350 Some users try to use @samp{-pedantic} to check programs for strict ANSI
1351 C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
1352 it finds some non-ANSI practices, but not all---only those for which
1353 ANSI C @emph{requires} a diagnostic.
1354
1355 A feature to report any failure to conform to ANSI C might be useful in
1356 some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
1357 be quite different from @samp{-pedantic}. We don't have plans to
1358 support such a feature in the near future.
1359
1360 @item -pedantic-errors
1361 Like @samp{-pedantic}, except that errors are produced rather than
1362 warnings.
1363
1364 @item -w
1365 Inhibit all warning messages.
1366
1367 @item -Wno-import
1368 Inhibit warning messages about the use of @samp{#import}.
1369
1370 @item -Wchar-subscripts
1371 Warn if an array subscript has type @code{char}. This is a common cause
1372 of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
1373 machines.
1374
1375 @item -Wcomment
1376 Warn whenever a comment-start sequence @samp{/*} appears in a @samp{/*}
1377 comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a @samp{//} comment.
1378
1379 @item -Wformat
1380 Check calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf}, etc., to make sure that
1381 the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
1382 specified.
1383
1384 @item -Wimplicit-int
1385 Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
1386
1387 @item -Wimplicit-function-declaration
1388 @itemx -Werror-implicit-function-declaration
1389 Give a warning (or error) whenever a function is used before being
1390 declared.
1391
1392 @item -Wimplicit
1393 Same as @samp{-Wimplicit-int} and @samp{-Wimplicit-function-}@*
1394 @samp{declaration}.
1395
1396 @item -Wmain
1397 Warn if the type of @samp{main} is suspicious. @samp{main} should be a
1398 function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
1399 arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types.
1400
1401 @item -Wmultichar
1402 Warn if a multicharacter constant (@samp{'FOOF'}) is used. Usually they
1403 indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined
1404 values, and should not be used in portable code.
1405
1406 @item -Wparentheses
1407 Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
1408 as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
1409 is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
1410 often get confused about.
1411
1412 Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
1413 @code{if} statement an @code{else} branch belongs. Here is an example of
1414 such a case:
1415
1416 @smallexample
1417 @{
1418 if (a)
1419 if (b)
1420 foo ();
1421 else
1422 bar ();
1423 @}
1424 @end smallexample
1425
1426 In C, every @code{else} branch belongs to the innermost possible @code{if}
1427 statement, which in this example is @code{if (b)}. This is often not
1428 what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above example by
1429 indentation the programmer chose. When there is the potential for this
1430 confusion, GNU C will issue a warning when this flag is specified.
1431 To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around the innermost
1432 @code{if} statement so there is no way the @code{else} could belong to
1433 the enclosing @code{if}. The resulting code would look like this:
1434
1435 @smallexample
1436 @{
1437 if (a)
1438 @{
1439 if (b)
1440 foo ();
1441 else
1442 bar ();
1443 @}
1444 @}
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @item -Wreturn-type
1448 Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults
1449 to @code{int}. Also warn about any @code{return} statement with no
1450 return-value in a function whose return-type is not @code{void}.
1451
1452 @item -Wswitch
1453 Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement has an index of enumeral type
1454 and lacks a @code{case} for one or more of the named codes of that
1455 enumeration. (The presence of a @code{default} label prevents this
1456 warning.) @code{case} labels outside the enumeration range also
1457 provoke warnings when this option is used.
1458
1459 @item -Wtrigraphs
1460 Warn if any trigraphs are encountered (assuming they are enabled).
1461
1462 @item -Wunused
1463 Warn whenever a variable is unused aside from its declaration,
1464 whenever a function is declared static but never defined, whenever a
1465 label is declared but not used, and whenever a statement computes a
1466 result that is explicitly not used.
1467
1468 In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
1469 specify both @samp{-W} and @samp{-Wunused}.
1470
1471 To suppress this warning for an expression, simply cast it to void. For
1472 unused variables, parameters and labels, use the @samp{unused} attribute
1473 (@pxref{Variable Attributes}).
1474
1475 @item -Wuninitialized
1476 An automatic variable is used without first being initialized.
1477
1478 These warnings are possible only in optimizing compilation,
1479 because they require data flow information that is computed only
1480 when optimizing. If you don't specify @samp{-O}, you simply won't
1481 get these warnings.
1482
1483 These warnings occur only for variables that are candidates for
1484 register allocation. Therefore, they do not occur for a variable that
1485 is declared @code{volatile}, or whose address is taken, or whose size
1486 is other than 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. Also, they do not occur for
1487 structures, unions or arrays, even when they are in registers.
1488
1489 Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
1490 to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
1491 computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
1492 are printed.
1493
1494 These warnings are made optional because GNU CC is not smart
1495 enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
1496 despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
1497 this can happen:
1498
1499 @smallexample
1500 @{
1501 int x;
1502 switch (y)
1503 @{
1504 case 1: x = 1;
1505 break;
1506 case 2: x = 4;
1507 break;
1508 case 3: x = 5;
1509 @}
1510 foo (x);
1511 @}
1512 @end smallexample
1513
1514 @noindent
1515 If the value of @code{y} is always 1, 2 or 3, then @code{x} is
1516 always initialized, but GNU CC doesn't know this. Here is
1517 another common case:
1518
1519 @smallexample
1520 @{
1521 int save_y;
1522 if (change_y) save_y = y, y = new_y;
1523 @dots{}
1524 if (change_y) y = save_y;
1525 @}
1526 @end smallexample
1527
1528 @noindent
1529 This has no bug because @code{save_y} is used only if it is set.
1530
1531 Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
1532 you use that never return as @code{noreturn}. @xref{Function
1533 Attributes}.
1534
1535 @item -Wunknown-pragmas
1536 @cindex warning for unknown pragmas
1537 @cindex unknown pragmas, warning
1538 @cindex pragmas, warning of unknown
1539 Warn when a #pragma directive is encountered which is not understood by
1540 GCC. If this command line option is used, warnings will even be issued
1541 for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
1542 the warnings were only enabled by the @samp{-Wall} command line option.
1543
1544 @item -Wall
1545 All of the above @samp{-W} options combined. This enables all the
1546 warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and
1547 that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in
1548 conjunction with macros.
1549 @end table
1550
1551 The following @samp{-W@dots{}} options are not implied by @samp{-Wall}.
1552 Some of them warn about constructions that users generally do not
1553 consider questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check
1554 for; others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid
1555 in some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
1556 the warning.
1557
1558 @table @code
1559 @item -W
1560 Print extra warning messages for these events:
1561
1562 @itemize @bullet
1563 @cindex @code{longjmp} warnings
1564 @item
1565 A nonvolatile automatic variable might be changed by a call to
1566 @code{longjmp}. These warnings as well are possible only in
1567 optimizing compilation.
1568
1569 The compiler sees only the calls to @code{setjmp}. It cannot know
1570 where @code{longjmp} will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
1571 call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
1572 even when there is in fact no problem because @code{longjmp} cannot
1573 in fact be called at the place which would cause a problem.
1574
1575 @item
1576 A function can return either with or without a value. (Falling
1577 off the end of the function body is considered returning without
1578 a value.) For example, this function would evoke such a
1579 warning:
1580
1581 @smallexample
1582 @group
1583 foo (a)
1584 @{
1585 if (a > 0)
1586 return a;
1587 @}
1588 @end group
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 @item
1592 An expression-statement or the left-hand side of a comma expression
1593 contains no side effects.
1594 To suppress the warning, cast the unused expression to void.
1595 For example, an expression such as @samp{x[i,j]} will cause a warning,
1596 but @samp{x[(void)i,j]} will not.
1597
1598 @item
1599 An unsigned value is compared against zero with @samp{<} or @samp{<=}.
1600
1601 @item
1602 A comparison like @samp{x<=y<=z} appears; this is equivalent to
1603 @samp{(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z}, which is a different interpretation from
1604 that of ordinary mathematical notation.
1605
1606 @item
1607 Storage-class specifiers like @code{static} are not the first things in
1608 a declaration. According to the C Standard, this usage is obsolescent.
1609
1610 @item
1611 If @samp{-Wall} or @samp{-Wunused} is also specified, warn about unused
1612 arguments.
1613
1614 @item
1615 A comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce an
1616 incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
1617 (But don't warn if @samp{-Wno-sign-compare} is also specified.)
1618
1619 @item
1620 An aggregate has a partly bracketed initializer.
1621 For example, the following code would evoke such a warning,
1622 because braces are missing around the initializer for @code{x.h}:
1623
1624 @smallexample
1625 struct s @{ int f, g; @};
1626 struct t @{ struct s h; int i; @};
1627 struct t x = @{ 1, 2, 3 @};
1628 @end smallexample
1629
1630 @item
1631 An aggregate has an initializer which does not initialize all members.
1632 For example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
1633 @code{x.h} would be implicitly initialized to zero:
1634
1635 @smallexample
1636 struct s @{ int f, g, h; @};
1637 struct s x = @{ 3, 4 @};
1638 @end smallexample
1639 @end itemize
1640
1641 @item -Wtraditional
1642 Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
1643 ANSI C.
1644
1645 @itemize @bullet
1646 @item
1647 Macro arguments occurring within string constants in the macro body.
1648 These would substitute the argument in traditional C, but are part of
1649 the constant in ANSI C.
1650
1651 @item
1652 A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
1653 the block.
1654
1655 @item
1656 A @code{switch} statement has an operand of type @code{long}.
1657
1658 @item
1659 A non-@code{static} function declaration follows a @code{static} one.
1660 This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
1661 @end itemize
1662
1663 @item -Wundef
1664 Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an @samp{#if} directive.
1665
1666 @item -Wshadow
1667 Warn whenever a local variable shadows another local variable.
1668
1669 @item -Wid-clash-@var{len}
1670 Warn whenever two distinct identifiers match in the first @var{len}
1671 characters. This may help you prepare a program that will compile
1672 with certain obsolete, brain-damaged compilers.
1673
1674 @item -Wlarger-than-@var{len}
1675 Warn whenever an object of larger than @var{len} bytes is defined.
1676
1677 @item -Wpointer-arith
1678 Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a function type or
1679 of @code{void}. GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for
1680 convenience in calculations with @code{void *} pointers and pointers
1681 to functions.
1682
1683 @item -Wbad-function-cast
1684 Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
1685 For example, warn if @code{int malloc()} is cast to @code{anything *}.
1686
1687 @item -Wcast-qual
1688 Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
1689 the target type. For example, warn if a @code{const char *} is cast
1690 to an ordinary @code{char *}.
1691
1692 @item -Wcast-align
1693 Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
1694 target is increased. For example, warn if a @code{char *} is cast to
1695 an @code{int *} on machines where integers can only be accessed at
1696 two- or four-byte boundaries.
1697
1698 @item -Wwrite-strings
1699 Give string constants the type @code{const char[@var{length}]} so that
1700 copying the address of one into a non-@code{const} @code{char *}
1701 pointer will get a warning. These warnings will help you find at
1702 compile time code that can try to write into a string constant, but
1703 only if you have been very careful about using @code{const} in
1704 declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will just be a nuisance;
1705 this is why we did not make @samp{-Wall} request these warnings.
1706
1707 @item -Wconversion
1708 Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
1709 would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
1710 includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
1711 conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed point argument
1712 except when the same as the default promotion.
1713
1714 Also, warn if a negative integer constant expression is implicitly
1715 converted to an unsigned type. For example, warn about the assignment
1716 @code{x = -1} if @code{x} is unsigned. But do not warn about explicit
1717 casts like @code{(unsigned) -1}.
1718
1719 @item -Wsign-compare
1720 @cindex warning for comparison of signed and unsigned values
1721 @cindex comparison of signed and unsigned values, warning
1722 @cindex signed and unsigned values, comparison warning
1723 Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
1724 an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
1725 This warning is also enabled by @samp{-W}; to get the other warnings
1726 of @samp{-W} without this warning, use @samp{-W -Wno-sign-compare}.
1727
1728 @item -Waggregate-return
1729 Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
1730 called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
1731 a warning.)
1732
1733 @item -Wstrict-prototypes
1734 Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
1735 argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
1736 a warning if preceded by a declaration which specifies the argument
1737 types.)
1738
1739 @item -Wmissing-prototypes
1740 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
1741 declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
1742 provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that fail
1743 to be declared in header files.
1744
1745 @item -Wmissing-declarations
1746 Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
1747 Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
1748 Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
1749 header files.
1750
1751 @item -Wmissing-noreturn
1752 Warn about functions which might be candidates for attribute @code{noreturn}.
1753 Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones. Care should
1754 be taken to manually verify functions actually do not ever return before
1755 adding the @code{noreturn} attribute, otherwise subtle code generation
1756 bugs could be introduced.
1757
1758 @item -Wredundant-decls
1759 Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
1760 cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
1761
1762 @item -Wnested-externs
1763 Warn if an @code{extern} declaration is encountered within an function.
1764
1765 @item -Winline
1766 Warn if a function can not be inlined, and either it was declared as inline,
1767 or else the @samp{-finline-functions} option was given.
1768
1769 @item -Wlong-long
1770 Warn if @samp{long long} type is used. This is default. To inhibit
1771 the warning messages, use @samp{-Wno-long-long}. Flags
1772 @samp{-Wlong-long} and @samp{-Wno-long-long} are taken into account
1773 only when @samp{-pedantic} flag is used.
1774
1775 @item -Werror
1776 Make all warnings into errors.
1777 @end table
1778
1779 @node Debugging Options
1780 @section Options for Debugging Your Program or GNU CC
1781 @cindex options, debugging
1782 @cindex debugging information options
1783
1784 GNU CC has various special options that are used for debugging
1785 either your program or GCC:
1786
1787 @table @code
1788 @item -g
1789 Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
1790 (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF). GDB can work with this debugging
1791 information.
1792
1793 On most systems that use stabs format, @samp{-g} enables use of extra
1794 debugging information that only GDB can use; this extra information
1795 makes debugging work better in GDB but will probably make other debuggers
1796 crash or
1797 refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
1798 to generate the extra information, use @samp{-gstabs+}, @samp{-gstabs},
1799 @samp{-gxcoff+}, @samp{-gxcoff}, @samp{-gdwarf-1+}, or @samp{-gdwarf-1}
1800 (see below).
1801
1802 Unlike most other C compilers, GNU CC allows you to use @samp{-g} with
1803 @samp{-O}. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
1804 produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
1805 at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
1806 some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
1807 results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
1808 execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
1809
1810 Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
1811 it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
1812
1813 The following options are useful when GNU CC is generated with the
1814 capability for more than one debugging format.
1815
1816 @item -ggdb
1817 Produce debugging information for use by GDB. This means to use the
1818 most expressive format available (DWARF 2, stabs, or the native format
1819 if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all
1820 possible.
1821
1822 @item -gstabs
1823 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
1824 without GDB extensions. This is the format used by DBX on most BSD
1825 systems. On MIPS, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
1826 produces stabs debugging output which is not understood by DBX or SDB.
1827 On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the GNU assembler.
1828
1829 @item -gstabs+
1830 Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
1831 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
1832 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
1833 refuse to read the program.
1834
1835 @item -gcoff
1836 Produce debugging information in COFF format (if that is supported).
1837 This is the format used by SDB on most System V systems prior to
1838 System V Release 4.
1839
1840 @item -gxcoff
1841 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported).
1842 This is the format used by the DBX debugger on IBM RS/6000 systems.
1843
1844 @item -gxcoff+
1845 Produce debugging information in XCOFF format (if that is supported),
1846 using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger (GDB). The
1847 use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
1848 refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the GNU
1849 assembler (GAS) to fail with an error.
1850
1851 @item -gdwarf
1852 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
1853 supported). This is the format used by SDB on most System V Release 4
1854 systems.
1855
1856 @item -gdwarf+
1857 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 1 format (if that is
1858 supported), using GNU extensions understood only by the GNU debugger
1859 (GDB). The use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers
1860 crash or refuse to read the program.
1861
1862 @item -gdwarf-2
1863 Produce debugging information in DWARF version 2 format (if that is
1864 supported). This is the format used by DBX on IRIX 6.
1865
1866 @item -g@var{level}
1867 @itemx -ggdb@var{level}
1868 @itemx -gstabs@var{level}
1869 @itemx -gcoff@var{level}
1870 @itemx -gxcoff@var{level}
1871 @itemx -gdwarf@var{level}
1872 @itemx -gdwarf-2@var{level}
1873 Request debugging information and also use @var{level} to specify how
1874 much information. The default level is 2.
1875
1876 Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
1877 parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
1878 descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
1879 about local variables and no line numbers.
1880
1881 Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
1882 present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
1883 you use @samp{-g3}.
1884
1885 @cindex @code{prof}
1886 @item -p
1887 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
1888 analysis program @code{prof}. You must use this option when compiling
1889 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
1890 linking.
1891
1892 @cindex @code{gprof}
1893 @item -pg
1894 Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
1895 analysis program @code{gprof}. You must use this option when compiling
1896 the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
1897 linking.
1898
1899 @cindex @code{tcov}
1900 @item -a
1901 Generate extra code to write profile information for basic blocks, which will
1902 record the number of times each basic block is executed, the basic block start
1903 address, and the function name containing the basic block. If @samp{-g} is
1904 used, the line number and filename of the start of the basic block will also be
1905 recorded. If not overridden by the machine description, the default action is
1906 to append to the text file @file{bb.out}.
1907
1908 This data could be analyzed by a program like @code{tcov}. Note,
1909 however, that the format of the data is not what @code{tcov} expects.
1910 Eventually GNU @code{gprof} should be extended to process this data.
1911
1912 @item -Q
1913 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
1914 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
1915
1916 @item -ax
1917 Generate extra code to profile basic blocks. Your executable will
1918 produce output that is a superset of that produced when @samp{-a} is
1919 used. Additional output is the source and target address of the basic
1920 blocks where a jump takes place, the number of times a jump is executed,
1921 and (optionally) the complete sequence of basic blocks being executed.
1922 The output is appended to file @file{bb.out}.
1923
1924 You can examine different profiling aspects without recompilation. Your
1925 executable will read a list of function names from file @file{bb.in}.
1926 Profiling starts when a function on the list is entered and stops when
1927 that invocation is exited. To exclude a function from profiling, prefix
1928 its name with `-'. If a function name is not unique, you can
1929 disambiguate it by writing it in the form
1930 @samp{/path/filename.d:functionname}. Your executable will write the
1931 available paths and filenames in file @file{bb.out}.
1932
1933 Several function names have a special meaning:
1934 @table @code
1935 @item __bb_jumps__
1936 Write source, target and frequency of jumps to file @file{bb.out}.
1937 @item __bb_hidecall__
1938 Exclude function calls from frequency count.
1939 @item __bb_showret__
1940 Include function returns in frequency count.
1941 @item __bb_trace__
1942 Write the sequence of basic blocks executed to file @file{bbtrace.gz}.
1943 The file will be compressed using the program @samp{gzip}, which must
1944 exist in your @code{PATH}. On systems without the @samp{popen}
1945 function, the file will be named @file{bbtrace} and will not be
1946 compressed. @strong{Profiling for even a few seconds on these systems
1947 will produce a very large file.} Note: @code{__bb_hidecall__} and
1948 @code{__bb_showret__} will not affect the sequence written to
1949 @file{bbtrace.gz}.
1950 @end table
1951
1952 Here's a short example using different profiling parameters
1953 in file @file{bb.in}. Assume function @code{foo} consists of basic blocks
1954 1 and 2 and is called twice from block 3 of function @code{main}. After
1955 the calls, block 3 transfers control to block 4 of @code{main}.
1956
1957 With @code{__bb_trace__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
1958 the following sequence of blocks is written to file @file{bbtrace.gz}:
1959 0 3 1 2 1 2 4. The return from block 2 to block 3 is not shown, because
1960 the return is to a point inside the block and not to the top. The
1961 block address 0 always indicates, that control is transferred
1962 to the trace from somewhere outside the observed functions. With
1963 @samp{-foo} added to @file{bb.in}, the blocks of function
1964 @code{foo} are removed from the trace, so only 0 3 4 remains.
1965
1966 With @code{__bb_jumps__} and @code{main} contained in file @file{bb.in},
1967 jump frequencies will be written to file @file{bb.out}. The
1968 frequencies are obtained by constructing a trace of blocks
1969 and incrementing a counter for every neighbouring pair of blocks
1970 in the trace. The trace 0 3 1 2 1 2 4 displays the following
1971 frequencies:
1972
1973 @example
1974 Jump from block 0x0 to block 0x3 executed 1 time(s)
1975 Jump from block 0x3 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
1976 Jump from block 0x1 to block 0x2 executed 2 time(s)
1977 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x1 executed 1 time(s)
1978 Jump from block 0x2 to block 0x4 executed 1 time(s)
1979 @end example
1980
1981 With @code{__bb_hidecall__}, control transfer due to call instructions
1982 is removed from the trace, that is the trace is cut into three parts: 0
1983 3 4, 0 1 2 and 0 1 2. With @code{__bb_showret__}, control transfer due
1984 to return instructions is added to the trace. The trace becomes: 0 3 1
1985 2 3 1 2 3 4. Note, that this trace is not the same, as the sequence
1986 written to @file{bbtrace.gz}. It is solely used for counting jump
1987 frequencies.
1988
1989 @item -fprofile-arcs
1990 Instrument @dfn{arcs} during compilation. For each function of your
1991 program, GNU CC creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree
1992 for the graph. Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be
1993 instrumented: the compiler adds code to count the number of times that these
1994 arcs are executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a
1995 block, the instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a
1996 new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
1997
1998 Since not every arc in the program must be instrumented, programs
1999 compiled with this option run faster than programs compiled with
2000 @samp{-a}, which adds instrumentation code to every basic block in the
2001 program. The tradeoff: since @code{gcov} does not have
2002 execution counts for all branches, it must start with the execution
2003 counts for the instrumented branches, and then iterate over the program
2004 flow graph until the entire graph has been solved. Hence, @code{gcov}
2005 runs a little more slowly than a program which uses information from
2006 @samp{-a}.
2007
2008 @samp{-fprofile-arcs} also makes it possible to estimate branch
2009 probabilities, and to calculate basic block execution counts. In
2010 general, basic block execution counts do not give enough information to
2011 estimate all branch probabilities. When the compiled program exits, it
2012 saves the arc execution counts to a file called
2013 @file{@var{sourcename}.da}. Use the compiler option
2014 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities} (@pxref{Optimize Options,,Options that
2015 Control Optimization}) when recompiling, to optimize using estimated
2016 branch probabilities.
2017
2018 @need 2000
2019 @item -ftest-coverage
2020 Create data files for the @code{gcov} code-coverage utility
2021 (@pxref{Gcov,, @code{gcov}: a GNU CC Test Coverage Program}).
2022 The data file names begin with the name of your source file:
2023
2024 @table @code
2025 @item @var{sourcename}.bb
2026 A mapping from basic blocks to line numbers, which @code{gcov} uses to
2027 associate basic block execution counts with line numbers.
2028
2029 @item @var{sourcename}.bbg
2030 A list of all arcs in the program flow graph. This allows @code{gcov}
2031 to reconstruct the program flow graph, so that it can compute all basic
2032 block and arc execution counts from the information in the
2033 @code{@var{sourcename}.da} file (this last file is the output from
2034 @samp{-fprofile-arcs}).
2035 @end table
2036
2037 @item -Q
2038 Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
2039 print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
2040
2041 @item -d@var{letters}
2042 Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
2043 @var{letters}. This is used for debugging the compiler. The file names
2044 for most of the dumps are made by appending a word to the source file
2045 name (e.g. @file{foo.c.rtl} or @file{foo.c.jump}). Here are the
2046 possible letters for use in @var{letters}, and their meanings:
2047
2048 @table @samp
2049 @item b
2050 Dump after computing branch probabilities, to @file{@var{file}.bp}.
2051 @item c
2052 Dump after instruction combination, to the file @file{@var{file}.combine}.
2053 @item d
2054 Dump after delayed branch scheduling, to @file{@var{file}.dbr}.
2055 @item D
2056 Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
2057 normal output.
2058 @item r
2059 Dump after RTL generation, to @file{@var{file}.rtl}.
2060 @item j
2061 Dump after first jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump}.
2062 @item F
2063 Dump after purging ADDRESSOF, to @file{@var{file}.addressof}.
2064 @item f
2065 Dump after flow analysis, to @file{@var{file}.flow}.
2066 @item g
2067 Dump after global register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.greg}.
2068 @item G
2069 Dump after GCSE, to @file{@var{file}.gcse}.
2070 @item j
2071 Dump after first jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump}.
2072 @item J
2073 Dump after last jump optimization, to @file{@var{file}.jump2}.
2074 @item k
2075 Dump after conversion from registers to stack, to @file{@var{file}.stack}.
2076 @item l
2077 Dump after local register allocation, to @file{@var{file}.lreg}.
2078 @item L
2079 Dump after loop optimization, to @file{@var{file}.loop}.
2080 @item M
2081 Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganisation pass, to
2082 @file{@var{file}.mach}.
2083 @item N
2084 Dump after the register move pass, to @file{@var{file}.regmove}.
2085 @item r
2086 Dump after RTL generation, to @file{@var{file}.rtl}.
2087 @item R
2088 Dump after the second instruction scheduling pass, to @file{@var{file}.sched2}.
2089 @item s
2090 Dump after CSE (including the jump optimization that sometimes follows
2091 CSE), to @file{@var{file}.cse}.
2092 @item S
2093 Dump after the first instruction scheduling pass, to @file{@var{file}.sched}.
2094 @item t
2095 Dump after the second CSE pass (including the jump optimization that
2096 sometimes follows CSE), to @file{@var{file}.cse2}.
2097 @item a
2098 Produce all the dumps listed above.
2099 @item m
2100 Print statistics on memory usage, at the end of the run, to
2101 standard error.
2102 @item p
2103 Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
2104 pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
2105 also printed.
2106 @item x
2107 Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
2108 with @samp{r}.
2109 @item y
2110 Dump debugging information during parsing, to standard error.
2111 @item A
2112 Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
2113 @end table
2114
2115 @item -fdump-unnumbered
2116 When doing debugging dumps (see -d option above), suppress instruction
2117 numbers and line number note output. This makes it more feasible to
2118 use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invokations with different
2119 options, in particular with and without -g.
2120
2121 @item -fpretend-float
2122 When running a cross-compiler, pretend that the target machine uses the
2123 same floating point format as the host machine. This causes incorrect
2124 output of the actual floating constants, but the actual instruction
2125 sequence will probably be the same as GNU CC would make when running on
2126 the target machine.
2127
2128 @item -save-temps
2129 Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files permanently; place them
2130 in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
2131 compiling @file{foo.c} with @samp{-c -save-temps} would produce files
2132 @file{foo.i} and @file{foo.s}, as well as @file{foo.o}.
2133
2134 @item -print-file-name=@var{library}
2135 Print the full absolute name of the library file @var{library} that
2136 would be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this
2137 option, GNU CC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
2138 file name.
2139
2140 @item -print-prog-name=@var{program}
2141 Like @samp{-print-file-name}, but searches for a program such as @samp{cpp}.
2142
2143 @item -print-libgcc-file-name
2144 Same as @samp{-print-file-name=libgcc.a}.
2145
2146 This is useful when you use @samp{-nostdlib} or @samp{-nodefaultlibs}
2147 but you do want to link with @file{libgcc.a}. You can do
2148
2149 @example
2150 gcc -nostdlib @var{files}@dots{} `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name`
2151 @end example
2152
2153 @item -print-search-dirs
2154 Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
2155 program and library directories gcc will search---and don't do anything else.
2156
2157 This is useful when gcc prints the error message
2158 @samp{installation problem, cannot exec cpp: No such file or directory}.
2159 To resolve this you either need to put @file{cpp} and the other compiler
2160 components where gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
2161 variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} to the directory where you installed them.
2162 Don't forget the trailing '/'.
2163 @xref{Environment Variables}.
2164 @end table
2165
2166 @node Optimize Options
2167 @section Options That Control Optimization
2168 @cindex optimize options
2169 @cindex options, optimization
2170
2171 These options control various sorts of optimizations:
2172
2173 @table @code
2174 @item -O
2175 @itemx -O1
2176 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
2177 more memory for a large function.
2178
2179 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler's goal is to reduce the cost of
2180 compilation and to make debugging produce the expected results.
2181 Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a breakpoint
2182 between statements, you can then assign a new value to any variable or
2183 change the program counter to any other statement in the function and
2184 get exactly the results you would expect from the source code.
2185
2186 Without @samp{-O}, the compiler only allocates variables declared
2187 @code{register} in registers. The resulting compiled code is a little
2188 worse than produced by PCC without @samp{-O}.
2189
2190 With @samp{-O}, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
2191 time.
2192
2193 When you specify @samp{-O}, the compiler turns on @samp{-fthread-jumps}
2194 and @samp{-fdefer-pop} on all machines. The compiler turns on
2195 @samp{-fdelayed-branch} on machines that have delay slots, and
2196 @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} on machines that can support debugging even
2197 without a frame pointer. On some machines the compiler also turns
2198 on other flags.@refill
2199
2200 @item -O2
2201 Optimize even more. GNU CC performs nearly all supported optimizations
2202 that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. The compiler does not
2203 perform loop unrolling or function inlining when you specify @samp{-O2}.
2204 As compared to @samp{-O}, this option increases both compilation time
2205 and the performance of the generated code.
2206
2207 @samp{-O2} turns on all optional optimizations except for loop unrolling
2208 and function inlining. It also turns on the @samp{-fforce-mem} option
2209 on all machines and frame pointer elimination on machines where doing so
2210 does not interfere with debugging.
2211
2212 @item -O3
2213 Optimize yet more. @samp{-O3} turns on all optimizations specified by
2214 @samp{-O2} and also turns on the @samp{inline-functions} option.
2215
2216 @item -O0
2217 Do not optimize.
2218
2219 @item -Os
2220 Optimize for size. @samp{-Os} enables all @samp{-O2} optimizations that
2221 do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
2222 optimizations designed to reduce code size.
2223
2224 If you use multiple @samp{-O} options, with or without level numbers,
2225 the last such option is the one that is effective.
2226 @end table
2227
2228 Options of the form @samp{-f@var{flag}} specify machine-independent
2229 flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
2230 form of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below,
2231 only one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default.
2232 You can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or
2233 adding it.
2234
2235 @table @code
2236 @item -ffloat-store
2237 Do not store floating point variables in registers, and inhibit other
2238 options that might change whether a floating point value is taken from a
2239 register or memory.
2240
2241 @cindex floating point precision
2242 This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
2243 the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
2244 precision than a @code{double} is supposed to have. Similarly for the
2245 x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
2246 good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating
2247 point. Use @samp{-ffloat-store} for such programs, after modifying
2248 them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
2249
2250 @item -fno-default-inline
2251 Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
2252 defined inside the class scope (C++ only). Otherwise, when you specify
2253 @w{@samp{-O}}, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
2254 inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add @samp{inline} in front of
2255 the member function name.
2256
2257 @item -fno-defer-pop
2258 Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
2259 returns. For machines which must pop arguments after a function call,
2260 the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
2261 function calls and pops them all at once.
2262
2263 @item -fforce-mem
2264 Force memory operands to be copied into registers before doing
2265 arithmetic on them. This produces better code by making all memory
2266 references potential common subexpressions. When they are not common
2267 subexpressions, instruction combination should eliminate the separate
2268 register-load. The @samp{-O2} option turns on this option.
2269
2270 @item -fforce-addr
2271 Force memory address constants to be copied into registers before
2272 doing arithmetic on them. This may produce better code just as
2273 @samp{-fforce-mem} may.
2274
2275 @item -fomit-frame-pointer
2276 Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
2277 don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
2278 restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
2279 in many functions. @strong{It also makes debugging impossible on
2280 some machines.}
2281
2282 @ifset INTERNALS
2283 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2284 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2285 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2286 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
2287 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers}.@refill
2288 @end ifset
2289 @ifclear INTERNALS
2290 On some machines, such as the Vax, this flag has no effect, because
2291 the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
2292 and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
2293 machine-description macro @code{FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} controls
2294 whether a target machine supports this flag. @xref{Registers,,Register
2295 Usage, gcc.info, Using and Porting GCC}.@refill
2296 @end ifclear
2297
2298 @item -fno-inline
2299 Don't pay attention to the @code{inline} keyword. Normally this option
2300 is used to keep the compiler from expanding any functions inline.
2301 Note that if you are not optimizing, no functions can be expanded inline.
2302
2303 @item -finline-functions
2304 Integrate all simple functions into their callers. The compiler
2305 heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth
2306 integrating in this way.
2307
2308 If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
2309 declared @code{static}, then the function is normally not output as
2310 assembler code in its own right.
2311
2312 @item -finline-limit-@var{n}
2313 By default, gcc limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
2314 allows the control of this limit for functions that are explicitly marked as
2315 inline (ie marked with the inline keyword or defined within the class
2316 definition in c++). @var{n} is the size of functions that can be inlined in
2317 number of pseudo instructions (not counting parameter handling). The default
2318 value of n is 10000. Increasing this value can result in more inlined code at
2319 the cost of compilation time and memory consumption. Decreasing usually makes
2320 the compilation faster and less code will be inlined (which presumably
2321 means slower programs). This option is particularly useful for programs that
2322 use inlining heavily such as those based on recursive templates with c++.
2323
2324 @emph{Note:} pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
2325 abstract measurement of function's size. In no way, it represents a count
2326 of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
2327 release to an another.
2328
2329 @item -fkeep-inline-functions
2330 Even if all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function
2331 is declared @code{static}, nevertheless output a separate run-time
2332 callable version of the function. This switch does not affect
2333 @code{extern inline} functions.
2334
2335 @item -fkeep-static-consts
2336 Emit variables declared @code{static const} when optimization isn't turned
2337 on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
2338
2339 GNU CC enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
2340 check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
2341 optimization is turned on, use the @samp{-fno-keep-static-consts} option.
2342
2343 @item -fno-function-cse
2344 Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
2345 calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
2346
2347 This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
2348 that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
2349 performed when this option is not used.
2350
2351 @item -ffast-math
2352 This option allows GCC to violate some ANSI or IEEE rules and/or
2353 specifications in the interest of optimizing code for speed. For
2354 example, it allows the compiler to assume arguments to the @code{sqrt}
2355 function are non-negative numbers and that no floating-point values
2356 are NaNs.
2357
2358 This option should never be turned on by any @samp{-O} option since
2359 it can result in incorrect output for programs which depend on
2360 an exact implementation of IEEE or ANSI rules/specifications for
2361 math functions.
2362 @end table
2363
2364 @c following causes underfulls.. they don't look great, but we deal.
2365 @c --mew 26jan93
2366 The following options control specific optimizations. The @samp{-O2}
2367 option turns on all of these optimizations except @samp{-funroll-loops}
2368 and @samp{-funroll-all-loops}. On most machines, the @samp{-O} option
2369 turns on the @samp{-fthread-jumps} and @samp{-fdelayed-branch} options,
2370 but specific machines may handle it differently.
2371
2372 You can use the following flags in the rare cases when ``fine-tuning''
2373 of optimizations to be performed is desired.
2374
2375 @table @code
2376 @item -fstrength-reduce
2377 Perform the optimizations of loop strength reduction and
2378 elimination of iteration variables.
2379
2380 @item -fthread-jumps
2381 Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
2382 location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
2383 so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
2384 second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
2385 the condition is known to be true or false.
2386
2387 @item -fcse-follow-jumps
2388 In common subexpression elimination, scan through jump instructions
2389 when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
2390 example, when CSE encounters an @code{if} statement with an
2391 @code{else} clause, CSE will follow the jump when the condition
2392 tested is false.
2393
2394 @item -fcse-skip-blocks
2395 This is similar to @samp{-fcse-follow-jumps}, but causes CSE to
2396 follow jumps which conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE
2397 encounters a simple @code{if} statement with no else clause,
2398 @samp{-fcse-skip-blocks} causes CSE to follow the jump around the
2399 body of the @code{if}.
2400
2401 @item -frerun-cse-after-loop
2402 Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
2403 performed.
2404
2405 @item -frerun-loop-opt
2406 Run the loop optimizer twice.
2407
2408 @item -fgcse
2409 Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
2410 This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
2411
2412 @item -fexpensive-optimizations
2413 Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
2414
2415 @item -foptimize-register-moves
2416 @itemx -fregmove
2417 Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
2418 operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
2419 register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
2420 instructions. GNU CC enables this optimization by default with @samp{-O2}
2421 or higher.
2422
2423 Note @code{-fregmove} and @code{-foptimize-register-moves} are the same
2424 optimization.
2425
2426 @item -fdelayed-branch
2427 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
2428 to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
2429 instructions.
2430
2431 @item -fschedule-insns
2432 If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
2433 eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
2434 helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
2435 by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
2436 or floating point instruction is required.
2437
2438 @item -fschedule-insns2
2439 Similar to @samp{-fschedule-insns}, but requests an additional pass of
2440 instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
2441 especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
2442 registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
2443
2444 @item -ffunction-sections
2445 @itemx -fdata-sections
2446 Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
2447 file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
2448 function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
2449 in the output file.
2450
2451 Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
2452 to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. HPPA
2453 processors running HP-UX and Sparc processors running Solaris 2 have
2454 linkers with such optimizations. Other systems using the ELF object format
2455 as well as AIX may have these optimizations in the future.
2456
2457 Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
2458 so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
2459 create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
2460 You will not be able to use @code{gprof} on all systems if you
2461 specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
2462 you specify both this option and @samp{-g}.
2463
2464 @item -fcaller-saves
2465 Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
2466 function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
2467 registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
2468 seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
2469
2470 This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
2471 those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
2472
2473 For all machines, optimization level 2 and higher enables this flag by
2474 default.
2475
2476 @item -funroll-loops
2477 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is only done for loops
2478 whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or run time.
2479 @samp{-funroll-loops} implies both @samp{-fstrength-reduce} and
2480 @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
2481
2482 @item -funroll-all-loops
2483 Perform the optimization of loop unrolling. This is done for all loops
2484 and usually makes programs run more slowly. @samp{-funroll-all-loops}
2485 implies @samp{-fstrength-reduce} as well as @samp{-frerun-cse-after-loop}.
2486
2487 @item -fmove-all-movables
2488 Forces all invariant computations in loops to be moved
2489 outside the loop.
2490
2491 @item -freduce-all-givs
2492 Forces all general-induction variables in loops to be
2493 strength-reduced.
2494
2495 @emph{Note:} When compiling programs written in Fortran,
2496 @samp{-fmove-all-movables} and @samp{-freduce-all-givs} are enabled
2497 by default when you use the optimizer.
2498
2499 These options may generate better or worse code; results are highly
2500 dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
2501
2502 These two options are intended to be removed someday, once
2503 they have helped determine the efficacy of various
2504 approaches to improving loop optimizations.
2505
2506 Please let us (@code{egcs@@egcs.cygnus.com} and @code{fortran@@gnu.org})
2507 know how use of these options affects
2508 the performance of your production code.
2509 We're very interested in code that runs @emph{slower}
2510 when these options are @emph{enabled}.
2511
2512 @item -fno-peephole
2513 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations.
2514
2515 @item -fbranch-probabilities
2516 After running a program compiled with @samp{-fprofile-arcs}
2517 (@pxref{Debugging Options,, Options for Debugging Your Program or
2518 @code{gcc}}), you can compile it a second time using
2519 @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, to improve optimizations based on
2520 guessing the path a branch might take.
2521
2522 @ifset INTERNALS
2523 With @samp{-fbranch-probabilities}, GCC puts a @samp{REG_EXEC_COUNT}
2524 note on the first instruction of each basic block, and a
2525 @samp{REG_BR_PROB} note on each @samp{JUMP_INSN} and @samp{CALL_INSN}.
2526 These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
2527 used in one place: in @file{reorg.c}, instead of guessing which path a
2528 branch is mostly to take, the @samp{REG_BR_PROB} values are used to
2529 exactly determine which path is taken more often.
2530 @end ifset
2531
2532 @item -fstrict-aliasing
2533 Allows the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
2534 the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates
2535 optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
2536 object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
2537 object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
2538 example, an @code{unsigned int} can alias an @code{int}, but not a
2539 @code{void*} or a @code{double}. A character type may alias any other
2540 type.
2541
2542 Pay special attention to code like this:
2543 @example
2544 union a_union @{
2545 int i;
2546 double d;
2547 @};
2548
2549 int f() @{
2550 a_union t;
2551 t.d = 3.0;
2552 return t.i;
2553 @}
2554 @end example
2555 The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
2556 recently written to (called ``type-punning'') is common. Even with
2557 @samp{-fstrict-aliasing}, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
2558 is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
2559 expected. However, this code might not:
2560 @example
2561 int f() @{
2562 a_union t;
2563 int* ip;
2564 t.d = 3.0;
2565 ip = &t.i;
2566 return *ip;
2567 @}
2568 @end example
2569
2570 @ifset INTERNALS
2571 Every language that wishes to perform language-specific alias analysis
2572 should define a function that computes, given an @code{tree}
2573 node, an alias set for the node. Nodes in different alias sets are not
2574 allowed to alias. For an example, see the C front-end function
2575 @code{c_get_alias_set}.
2576 @end ifset
2577
2578 @end table
2579
2580 @node Preprocessor Options
2581 @section Options Controlling the Preprocessor
2582 @cindex preprocessor options
2583 @cindex options, preprocessor
2584
2585 These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
2586 file before actual compilation.
2587
2588 If you use the @samp{-E} option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
2589 Some of these options make sense only together with @samp{-E} because
2590 they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
2591 compilation.
2592
2593 @table @code
2594 @item -include @var{file}
2595 Process @var{file} as input before processing the regular input file.
2596 In effect, the contents of @var{file} are compiled first. Any @samp{-D}
2597 and @samp{-U} options on the command line are always processed before
2598 @samp{-include @var{file}}, regardless of the order in which they are
2599 written. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros} options are
2600 processed in the order in which they are written.
2601
2602 @item -imacros @var{file}
2603 Process @var{file} as input, discarding the resulting output, before
2604 processing the regular input file. Because the output generated from
2605 @var{file} is discarded, the only effect of @samp{-imacros @var{file}}
2606 is to make the macros defined in @var{file} available for use in the
2607 main input.
2608
2609 Any @samp{-D} and @samp{-U} options on the command line are always
2610 processed before @samp{-imacros @var{file}}, regardless of the order in
2611 which they are written. All the @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros}
2612 options are processed in the order in which they are written.
2613
2614 @item -idirafter @var{dir}
2615 @cindex second include path
2616 Add the directory @var{dir} to the second include path. The directories
2617 on the second include path are searched when a header file is not found
2618 in any of the directories in the main include path (the one that
2619 @samp{-I} adds to).
2620
2621 @item -iprefix @var{prefix}
2622 Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for subsequent @samp{-iwithprefix}
2623 options.
2624
2625 @item -iwithprefix @var{dir}
2626 Add a directory to the second include path. The directory's name is
2627 made by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, where @var{prefix} was
2628 specified previously with @samp{-iprefix}. If you have not specified a
2629 prefix yet, the directory containing the installed passes of the
2630 compiler is used as the default.
2631
2632 @item -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir}
2633 Add a directory to the main include path. The directory's name is made
2634 by concatenating @var{prefix} and @var{dir}, as in the case of
2635 @samp{-iwithprefix}.
2636
2637 @item -isystem @var{dir}
2638 Add a directory to the beginning of the second include path, marking it
2639 as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
2640 is applied to the standard system directories.
2641
2642 @item -nostdinc
2643 Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only
2644 the directories you have specified with @samp{-I} options (and the
2645 current directory, if appropriate) are searched. @xref{Directory
2646 Options}, for information on @samp{-I}.
2647
2648 By using both @samp{-nostdinc} and @samp{-I-}, you can limit the include-file
2649 search path to only those directories you specify explicitly.
2650
2651 @item -undef
2652 Do not predefine any nonstandard macros. (Including architecture flags).
2653
2654 @item -E
2655 Run only the C preprocessor. Preprocess all the C source files
2656 specified and output the results to standard output or to the
2657 specified output file.
2658
2659 @item -C
2660 Tell the preprocessor not to discard comments. Used with the
2661 @samp{-E} option.
2662
2663 @item -P
2664 Tell the preprocessor not to generate @samp{#line} directives.
2665 Used with the @samp{-E} option.
2666
2667 @cindex make
2668 @cindex dependencies, make
2669 @item -M
2670 Tell the preprocessor to output a rule suitable for @code{make}
2671 describing the dependencies of each object file. For each source file,
2672 the preprocessor outputs one @code{make}-rule whose target is the object
2673 file name for that source file and whose dependencies are all the
2674 @code{#include} header files it uses. This rule may be a single line or
2675 may be continued with @samp{\}-newline if it is long. The list of rules
2676 is printed on standard output instead of the preprocessed C program.
2677
2678 @samp{-M} implies @samp{-E}.
2679
2680 Another way to specify output of a @code{make} rule is by setting
2681 the environment variable @code{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} (@pxref{Environment
2682 Variables}).
2683
2684 @item -MM
2685 Like @samp{-M} but the output mentions only the user header files
2686 included with @samp{#include "@var{file}"}. System header files
2687 included with @samp{#include <@var{file}>} are omitted.
2688
2689 @item -MD
2690 Like @samp{-M} but the dependency information is written to a file made by
2691 replacing ".c" with ".d" at the end of the input file names.
2692 This is in addition to compiling the file as specified---@samp{-MD} does
2693 not inhibit ordinary compilation the way @samp{-M} does.
2694
2695 In Mach, you can use the utility @code{md} to merge multiple dependency
2696 files into a single dependency file suitable for using with the @samp{make}
2697 command.
2698
2699 @item -MMD
2700 Like @samp{-MD} except mention only user header files, not system
2701 header files.
2702
2703 @item -MG
2704 Treat missing header files as generated files and assume they live in the
2705 same directory as the source file. If you specify @samp{-MG}, you
2706 must also specify either @samp{-M} or @samp{-MM}. @samp{-MG} is not
2707 supported with @samp{-MD} or @samp{-MMD}.
2708
2709 @item -H
2710 Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
2711 activities.
2712
2713 @item -A@var{question}(@var{answer})
2714 Assert the answer @var{answer} for @var{question}, in case it is tested
2715 with a preprocessing conditional such as @samp{#if
2716 #@var{question}(@var{answer})}. @samp{-A-} disables the standard
2717 assertions that normally describe the target machine.
2718
2719 @item -D@var{macro}
2720 Define macro @var{macro} with the string @samp{1} as its definition.
2721
2722 @item -D@var{macro}=@var{defn}
2723 Define macro @var{macro} as @var{defn}. All instances of @samp{-D} on
2724 the command line are processed before any @samp{-U} options.
2725
2726 @item -U@var{macro}
2727 Undefine macro @var{macro}. @samp{-U} options are evaluated after all
2728 @samp{-D} options, but before any @samp{-include} and @samp{-imacros}
2729 options.
2730
2731 @item -dM
2732 Tell the preprocessor to output only a list of the macro definitions
2733 that are in effect at the end of preprocessing. Used with the @samp{-E}
2734 option.
2735
2736 @item -dD
2737 Tell the preprocessing to pass all macro definitions into the output, in
2738 their proper sequence in the rest of the output.
2739
2740 @item -dN
2741 Like @samp{-dD} except that the macro arguments and contents are omitted.
2742 Only @samp{#define @var{name}} is included in the output.
2743
2744 @item -trigraphs
2745 Support ANSI C trigraphs. The @samp{-ansi} option also has this effect.
2746
2747 @item -Wp,@var{option}
2748 Pass @var{option} as an option to the preprocessor. If @var{option}
2749 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2750 @end table
2751
2752 @node Assembler Options
2753 @section Passing Options to the Assembler
2754
2755 @c prevent bad page break with this line
2756 You can pass options to the assembler.
2757
2758 @table @code
2759 @item -Wa,@var{option}
2760 Pass @var{option} as an option to the assembler. If @var{option}
2761 contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2762 @end table
2763
2764 @node Link Options
2765 @section Options for Linking
2766 @cindex link options
2767 @cindex options, linking
2768
2769 These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
2770 an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
2771 not doing a link step.
2772
2773 @table @code
2774 @cindex file names
2775 @item @var{object-file-name}
2776 A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
2777 considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
2778 distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
2779 contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
2780 to the linker.
2781
2782 @item -c
2783 @itemx -S
2784 @itemx -E
2785 If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
2786 object file names should not be used as arguments. @xref{Overall
2787 Options}.
2788
2789 @cindex Libraries
2790 @item -l@var{library}
2791 Search the library named @var{library} when linking.
2792
2793 It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
2794 linker searches processes libraries and object files in the order they
2795 are specified. Thus, @samp{foo.o -lz bar.o} searches library @samp{z}
2796 after file @file{foo.o} but before @file{bar.o}. If @file{bar.o} refers
2797 to functions in @samp{z}, those functions may not be loaded.
2798
2799 The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
2800 which is actually a file named @file{lib@var{library}.a}. The linker
2801 then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
2802
2803 The directories searched include several standard system directories
2804 plus any that you specify with @samp{-L}.
2805
2806 Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files
2807 whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
2808 scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
2809 been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
2810 ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
2811 difference between using an @samp{-l} option and specifying a file name
2812 is that @samp{-l} surrounds @var{library} with @samp{lib} and @samp{.a}
2813 and searches several directories.
2814
2815 @item -lobjc
2816 You need this special case of the @samp{-l} option in order to
2817 link an Objective C program.
2818
2819 @item -nostartfiles
2820 Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
2821 The standard system libraries are used normally, unless @code{-nostdlib}
2822 or @code{-nodefaultlibs} is used.
2823
2824 @item -nodefaultlibs
2825 Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
2826 Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker.
2827 The standard startup files are used normally, unless @code{-nostartfiles}
2828 is used. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
2829 for System V (and ANSI C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
2830 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
2831 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
2832 mechanism when this option is specified.
2833
2834 @item -nostdlib
2835 Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
2836 No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
2837 the linker. The compiler may generate calls to memcmp, memset, and memcpy
2838 for System V (and ANSI C) environments or to bcopy and bzero for
2839 BSD environments. These entries are usually resolved by entries in
2840 libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
2841 mechanism when this option is specified.
2842
2843 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nostdlib}
2844 @cindex @code{-nostdlib} and unresolved references
2845 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nostdlib}
2846 @cindex @code{-lgcc}, use with @code{-nodefaultlibs}
2847 @cindex @code{-nodefaultlibs} and unresolved references
2848 @cindex unresolved references and @code{-nodefaultlibs}
2849 One of the standard libraries bypassed by @samp{-nostdlib} and
2850 @samp{-nodefaultlibs} is @file{libgcc.a}, a library of internal subroutines
2851 that GNU CC uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
2852 needs for some languages.
2853 @ifset INTERNALS
2854 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GNU CC Output}, for more discussion of
2855 @file{libgcc.a}.)
2856 @end ifset
2857 @ifclear INTERNALS
2858 (@xref{Interface,,Interfacing to GNU CC Output,gcc.info,Porting GNU CC},
2859 for more discussion of @file{libgcc.a}.)
2860 @end ifclear
2861 In most cases, you need @file{libgcc.a} even when you want to avoid
2862 other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify @samp{-nostdlib}
2863 or @samp{-nodefaultlibs} you should usually specify @samp{-lgcc} as well.
2864 This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal GNU CC
2865 library subroutines. (For example, @samp{__main}, used to ensure C++
2866 constructors will be called; @pxref{Collect2,,@code{collect2}}.)
2867
2868 @item -s
2869 Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
2870
2871 @item -static
2872 On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
2873 libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
2874
2875 @item -shared
2876 Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
2877 form an executable. Not all systems support this option. You must
2878 also specify @samp{-fpic} or @samp{-fPIC} on some systems when
2879 you specify this option.
2880
2881 @item -symbolic
2882 Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
2883 about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
2884 option @samp{-Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs}). Only a few systems support
2885 this option.
2886
2887 @item -Xlinker @var{option}
2888 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. You can use this to
2889 supply system-specific linker options which GNU CC does not know how to
2890 recognize.
2891
2892 If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
2893 @samp{-Xlinker} twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
2894 For example, to pass @samp{-assert definitions}, you must write
2895 @samp{-Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions}. It does not work to write
2896 @samp{-Xlinker "-assert definitions"}, because this passes the entire
2897 string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
2898
2899 @item -Wl,@var{option}
2900 Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. If @var{option} contains
2901 commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
2902
2903 @item -u @var{symbol}
2904 Pretend the symbol @var{symbol} is undefined, to force linking of
2905 library modules to define it. You can use @samp{-u} multiple times with
2906 different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
2907 @end table
2908
2909 @node Directory Options
2910 @section Options for Directory Search
2911 @cindex directory options
2912 @cindex options, directory search
2913 @cindex search path
2914
2915 These options specify directories to search for header files, for
2916 libraries and for parts of the compiler:
2917
2918 @table @code
2919 @item -I@var{dir}
2920 Add the directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be
2921 searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
2922 file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
2923 searched before the system header file directories. If you use more
2924 than one @samp{-I} option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
2925 order; the standard system directories come after.
2926
2927 @item -I-
2928 Any directories you specify with @samp{-I} options before the @samp{-I-}
2929 option are searched only for the case of @samp{#include "@var{file}"};
2930 they are not searched for @samp{#include <@var{file}>}.
2931
2932 If additional directories are specified with @samp{-I} options after
2933 the @samp{-I-}, these directories are searched for all @samp{#include}
2934 directives. (Ordinarily @emph{all} @samp{-I} directories are used
2935 this way.)
2936
2937 In addition, the @samp{-I-} option inhibits the use of the current
2938 directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
2939 directory for @samp{#include "@var{file}"}. There is no way to
2940 override this effect of @samp{-I-}. With @samp{-I.} you can specify
2941 searching the directory which was current when the compiler was
2942 invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
2943 by default, but it is often satisfactory.
2944
2945 @samp{-I-} does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
2946 for header files. Thus, @samp{-I-} and @samp{-nostdinc} are
2947 independent.
2948
2949 @item -L@var{dir}
2950 Add directory @var{dir} to the list of directories to be searched
2951 for @samp{-l}.
2952
2953 @item -B@var{prefix}
2954 This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
2955 include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
2956
2957 The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
2958 @file{cpp}, @file{cc1}, @file{as} and @file{ld}. It tries
2959 @var{prefix} as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
2960 without @samp{@var{machine}/@var{version}/} (@pxref{Target Options}).
2961
2962 For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
2963 @samp{-B} prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if @samp{-B}
2964 was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes, which are
2965 @file{/usr/lib/gcc/} and @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/}. If neither of
2966 those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
2967 name is searched for using the directories specified in your
2968 @samp{PATH} environment variable.
2969
2970 @samp{-B} prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
2971 to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
2972 options into @samp{-L} options for the linker. They also apply to
2973 includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
2974 options into @samp{-isystem} options for the preprocessor. In this case,
2975 the compiler appends @samp{include} to the prefix.
2976
2977 The run-time support file @file{libgcc.a} can also be searched for using
2978 the @samp{-B} prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
2979 standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
2980 out of the link if it is not found by those means.
2981
2982 Another way to specify a prefix much like the @samp{-B} prefix is to use
2983 the environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. @xref{Environment
2984 Variables}.
2985
2986 @item -specs=@var{file}
2987 Process @var{file} after the compiler reads in the standard @file{specs}
2988 file, in order to override the defaults that the @file{gcc} driver
2989 program uses when determining what switches to pass to @file{cc1},
2990 @file{cc1plus}, @file{as}, @file{ld}, etc. More than one
2991 @samp{-specs=}@var{file} can be specified on the command line, and they
2992 are processed in order, from left to right.
2993 @end table
2994
2995 @node Spec Files
2996 @section Specifying subprocesses and the switches to pass to them
2997 @cindex Spec Files
2998 @code{GCC} is a driver program. It performs its job by invoking a
2999 sequence of other programs to do the work of compiling, assembling and
3000 linking. GCC interprets its command-line parameters and uses these to
3001 deduce which programs it should invoke, and which command-line options
3002 it ought to place on their command lines. This behaviour is controlled
3003 by @dfn{spec strings}. In most cases there is one spec string for each
3004 program that GCC can invoke, but a few programs have multiple spec
3005 strings to control their behaviour. The spec strings built into GCC can
3006 be overridden by using the @samp{-specs=} command-line switch to specify
3007 a spec file.
3008
3009 @dfn{Spec files} are plaintext files that are used to construct spec
3010 strings. They consist of a sequence of directives separated by blank
3011 lines. The type of directive is determined by the first non-whitespace
3012 character on the line and it can be one of the following:
3013
3014 @table @code
3015 @item %@var{command}
3016 Issues a @var{command} to the spec file processor. The commands that can
3017 appear here are:
3018
3019 @table @code
3020 @item %include <@var{file}>
3021 @cindex %include
3022 Search for @var{file} and insert its text at the current point in the
3023 specs file.
3024
3025 @item %include_noerr <@var{file}>
3026 @cindex %include_noerr
3027 Just like @samp{%include}, but do not generate an error message if the include
3028 file cannot be found.
3029
3030 @item %rename @var{old_name} @var{new_name}
3031 @cindex %rename
3032 Rename the spec string @var{old_name} to @var{new_name}.
3033
3034 @end table
3035
3036 @item *[@var{spec_name}]:
3037 This tells the compiler to create, override or delete the named spec
3038 string. All lines after this directive up to the next directive or
3039 blank line are considered to be the text for the spec string. If this
3040 results in an empty string then the spec will be deleted. (Or, if the
3041 spec did not exist, then nothing will happened.) Otherwise, if the spec
3042 does not currently exist a new spec will be created. If the spec does
3043 exist then its contents will be overridden by the text of this
3044 directive, unless the first character of that text is the @samp{+}
3045 character, in which case the text will be appended to the spec.
3046
3047 @item [@var{suffix}]:
3048 Creates a new @samp{[@var{suffix}] spec} pair. All lines after this directive
3049 and up to the next directive or blank line are considered to make up the
3050 spec string for the indicated suffix. When the compiler encounters an
3051 input file with the named suffix, it will processes the spec string in
3052 order to work out how to compile that file. For example:
3053
3054 @smallexample
3055 .ZZ:
3056 z-compile -input %i
3057 @end smallexample
3058
3059 This says that any input file whose name ends in @samp{.ZZ} should be
3060 passed to the program @samp{z-compile}, which should be invoked with the
3061 command-line switch @samp{-input} and with the result of performing the
3062 @samp{%i} substitution. (See below.)
3063
3064 As an alternative to providing a spec string, the text that follows a
3065 suffix directive can be one of the following:
3066
3067 @table @code
3068 @item @@@var{language}
3069 This says that the suffix is an alias for a known @var{language}. This is
3070 similar to using the @code{-x} command-line switch to GCC to specify a
3071 language explicitly. For example:
3072
3073 @smallexample
3074 .ZZ:
3075 @@c++
3076 @end smallexample
3077
3078 Says that .ZZ files are, in fact, C++ source files.
3079
3080 @item #@var{name}
3081 This causes an error messages saying:
3082
3083 @smallexample
3084 @var{name} compiler not installed on this system.
3085 @end smallexample
3086 @end table
3087
3088 GCC already has an extensive list of suffixes built into it.
3089 This directive will add an entry to the end of the list of suffixes, but
3090 since the list is searched from the end backwards, it is effectively
3091 possible to override earlier entries using this technique.
3092
3093 @end table
3094
3095 GCC has the following spec strings built into it. Spec files can
3096 override these strings or create their own. Note that individual
3097 targets can also add their own spec strings to this list.
3098
3099 @smallexample
3100 asm Options to pass to the assembler
3101 asm_final Options to pass to the assembler post-processor
3102 cpp Options to pass to the C preprocessor
3103 cc1 Options to pass to the C compiler
3104 cc1plus Options to pass to the C++ compiler
3105 endfile Object files to include at the end of the link
3106 link Options to pass to the linker
3107 lib Libraries to include on the command line to the linker
3108 libgcc Decides which GCC support library to pass to the linker
3109 linker Sets the name of the linker
3110 predefines Defines to be passed to the C preprocessor
3111 signed_char Defines to pass to CPP to say whether @code{char} is signed by default
3112 startfile Object files to include at the start of the link
3113 @end smallexample
3114
3115 Here is a small example of a spec file:
3116
3117 @smallexample
3118 %rename lib old_lib
3119
3120 *lib:
3121 --start-group -lgcc -lc -leval1 --end-group %(old_lib)
3122 @end smallexample
3123
3124 This example renames the spec called @samp{lib} to @samp{old_lib} and
3125 then overrides the previous definition of @samp{lib} with a new one.
3126 The new definition adds in some extra command-line options before
3127 including the text of the old definition.
3128
3129 @dfn{Spec strings} are a list of command-line options to be passed to their
3130 corresponding program. In addition, the spec strings can contain
3131 @samp{%}-prefixed sequences to substitute variable text or to
3132 conditionally insert text into the command line. Using these constructs
3133 it is possible to generate quite complex command lines.
3134
3135 Here is a table of all defined @samp{%}-sequences for spec
3136 strings. Note that spaces are not generated automatically around the
3137 results of expanding these sequences. Therefore you can concatenate them
3138 together or combine them with constant text in a single argument.
3139
3140 @table @code
3141 @item %%
3142 Substitute one @samp{%} into the program name or argument.
3143
3144 @item %i
3145 Substitute the name of the input file being processed.
3146
3147 @item %b
3148 Substitute the basename of the input file being processed.
3149 This is the substring up to (and not including) the last period
3150 and not including the directory.
3151
3152 @item %d
3153 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%d} as a
3154 temporary file name, so that that file will be deleted if GCC exits
3155 successfully. Unlike @samp{%g}, this contributes no text to the
3156 argument.
3157
3158 @item %g@var{suffix}
3159 Substitute a file name that has suffix @var{suffix} and is chosen
3160 once per compilation, and mark the argument in the same way as
3161 @samp{%d}. To reduce exposure to denial-of-service attacks, the file
3162 name is now chosen in a way that is hard to predict even when previously
3163 chosen file names are known. For example, @samp{%g.s ... %g.o ... %g.s}
3164 might turn into @samp{ccUVUUAU.s ccXYAXZ12.o ccUVUUAU.s}. @var{suffix} matches
3165 the regexp @samp{[.A-Za-z]*} or the special string @samp{%O}, which is
3166 treated exactly as if @samp{%O} had been preprocessed. Previously, @samp{%g}
3167 was simply substituted with a file name chosen once per compilation,
3168 without regard to any appended suffix (which was therefore treated
3169 just like ordinary text), making such attacks more likely to succeed.
3170
3171 @item %u@var{suffix}
3172 Like @samp{%g}, but generates a new temporary file name even if
3173 @samp{%u@var{suffix}} was already seen.
3174
3175 @item %U@var{suffix}
3176 Substitutes the last file name generated with @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, generating a
3177 new one if there is no such last file name. In the absence of any
3178 @samp{%u@var{suffix}}, this is just like @samp{%g@var{suffix}}, except they don't share
3179 the same suffix @emph{space}, so @samp{%g.s ... %U.s ... %g.s ... %U.s}
3180 would involve the generation of two distinct file names, one
3181 for each @samp{%g.s} and another for each @samp{%U.s}. Previously, @samp{%U} was
3182 simply substituted with a file name chosen for the previous @samp{%u},
3183 without regard to any appended suffix.
3184
3185 @item %w
3186 Marks the argument containing or following the @samp{%w} as the
3187 designated output file of this compilation. This puts the argument
3188 into the sequence of arguments that @samp{%o} will substitute later.
3189
3190 @item %o
3191 Substitutes the names of all the output files, with spaces
3192 automatically placed around them. You should write spaces
3193 around the @samp{%o} as well or the results are undefined.
3194 @samp{%o} is for use in the specs for running the linker.
3195 Input files whose names have no recognized suffix are not compiled
3196 at all, but they are included among the output files, so they will
3197 be linked.
3198
3199 @item %O
3200 Substitutes the suffix for object files. Note that this is
3201 handled specially when it immediately follows @samp{%g, %u, or %U},
3202 because of the need for those to form complete file names. The
3203 handling is such that @samp{%O} is treated exactly as if it had already
3204 been substituted, except that @samp{%g, %u, and %U} do not currently
3205 support additional @var{suffix} characters following @samp{%O} as they would
3206 following, for example, @samp{.o}.
3207
3208 @item %p
3209 Substitutes the standard macro predefinitions for the
3210 current target machine. Use this when running @code{cpp}.
3211
3212 @item %P
3213 Like @samp{%p}, but puts @samp{__} before and after the name of each
3214 predefined macro, except for macros that start with @samp{__} or with
3215 @samp{_@var{L}}, where @var{L} is an uppercase letter. This is for ANSI
3216 C.
3217
3218 @item %I
3219 Substitute a @samp{-iprefix} option made from GCC_EXEC_PREFIX.
3220
3221 @item %s
3222 Current argument is the name of a library or startup file of some sort.
3223 Search for that file in a standard list of directories and substitute
3224 the full name found.
3225
3226 @item %e@var{str}
3227 Print @var{str} as an error message. @var{str} is terminated by a newline.
3228 Use this when inconsistent options are detected.
3229
3230 @item %|
3231 Output @samp{-} if the input for the current command is coming from a pipe.
3232
3233 @item %(@var{name})
3234 Substitute the contents of spec string @var{name} at this point.
3235
3236 @item %[@var{name}]
3237 Like @samp{%(...)} but put @samp{__} around @samp{-D} arguments.
3238
3239 @item %x@{@var{option}@}
3240 Accumulate an option for @samp{%X}.
3241
3242 @item %X
3243 Output the accumulated linker options specified by @samp{-Wl} or a @samp{%x}
3244 spec string.
3245
3246 @item %Y
3247 Output the accumulated assembler options specified by @samp{-Wa}.
3248
3249 @item %Z
3250 Output the accumulated preprocessor options specified by @samp{-Wp}.
3251
3252 @item %v1
3253 Substitute the major version number of GCC.
3254 (For version 2.9.5, this is 2.)
3255
3256 @item %v2
3257 Substitute the minor version number of GCC.
3258 (For version 2.9.5, this is 9.)
3259
3260 @item %a
3261 Process the @code{asm} spec. This is used to compute the
3262 switches to be passed to the assembler.
3263
3264 @item %A
3265 Process the @code{asm_final} spec. This is a spec string for
3266 passing switches to an assembler post-processor, if such a program is
3267 needed.
3268
3269 @item %l
3270 Process the @code{link} spec. This is the spec for computing the
3271 command line passed to the linker. Typically it will make use of the
3272 @samp{%L %G %S %D and %E} sequences.
3273
3274 @item %D
3275 Dump out a @samp{-L} option for each directory that GCC believes might
3276 contain startup files. If the target supports multilibs then the
3277 current multilib directory will be prepended to each of these paths.
3278
3279 @item %L
3280 Process the @code{lib} spec. This is a spec string for deciding which
3281 libraries should be included on the command line to the linker.
3282
3283 @item %G
3284 Process the @code{libgcc} spec. This is a spec string for deciding
3285 which GCC support library should be included on the command line to the linker.
3286
3287 @item %S
3288 Process the @code{startfile} spec. This is a spec for deciding which
3289 object files should be the first ones passed to the linker. Typically
3290 this might be a file named @file{crt0.o}.
3291
3292 @item %E
3293 Process the @code{endfile} spec. This is a spec string that specifies
3294 the last object files that will be passed to the linker.
3295
3296 @item %C
3297 Process the @code{cpp} spec. This is used to construct the arguments
3298 to be passed to the C preprocessor.
3299
3300 @item %c
3301 Process the @code{signed_char} spec. This is intended to be used
3302 to tell cpp whether a char is signed. It typically has the definition:
3303 @smallexample
3304 %@{funsigned-char:-D__CHAR_UNSIGNED__@}
3305 @end smallexample
3306
3307 @item %1
3308 Process the @code{cc1} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
3309 passed to the actual C compiler (@samp{cc1}).
3310
3311 @item %2
3312 Process the @code{cc1plus} spec. This is used to construct the options to be
3313 passed to the actual C++ compiler (@samp{cc1plus}).
3314
3315 @item %*
3316 Substitute the variable part of a matched option. See below.
3317 Note that each comma in the substituted string is replaced by
3318 a single space.
3319
3320 @item %@{@code{S}@}
3321 Substitutes the @code{-S} switch, if that switch was given to GCC.
3322 If that switch was not specified, this substitutes nothing. Note that
3323 the leading dash is omitted when specifying this option, and it is
3324 automatically inserted if the substitution is performed. Thus the spec
3325 string @samp{%@{foo@}} would match the command-line option @samp{-foo}
3326 and would output the command line option @samp{-foo}.
3327
3328 @item %W@{@code{S}@}
3329 Like %@{@code{S}@} but mark last argument supplied within as a file to be
3330 deleted on failure.
3331
3332 @item %@{@code{S}*@}
3333 Substitutes all the switches specified to GCC whose names start
3334 with @code{-S}, but which also take an argument. This is used for
3335 switches like @samp{-o, -D, -I}, etc. GCC considers @samp{-o foo} as being
3336 one switch whose names starts with @samp{o}. %@{o*@} would substitute this
3337 text, including the space. Thus two arguments would be generated.
3338
3339 @item %@{^@code{S}*@}
3340 Like %@{@code{S}*@}, but don't put a blank between a switch and its
3341 argument. Thus %@{^o*@} would only generate one argument, not two.
3342
3343 @item %@{@code{S}*:@code{X}@}
3344 Substitutes @code{X} if one or more switches whose names start with
3345 @code{-S} are specified to GCC. Note that the tail part of the
3346 @code{-S} option (i.e. the part matched by the @samp{*}) will be substituted
3347 for each occurrence of @samp{%*} within @code{X}.
3348
3349 @item %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3350 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was given to GCC.
3351
3352 @item %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3353 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if the @samp{-S} switch was @emph{not} given to GCC.
3354
3355 @item %@{|@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3356 Like %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if no @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
3357
3358 @item %@{|!@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3359 Like %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@}, but if there is an @code{S} switch, substitute @samp{-}.
3360
3361 @item %@{.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3362 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
3363
3364 @item %@{!.@code{S}:@code{X}@}
3365 Substitutes @code{X}, but only if @emph{not} processing a file with suffix @code{S}.
3366
3367 @item %@{@code{S}|@code{P}:@code{X}@}
3368 Substitutes @code{X} if either @code{-S} or @code{-P} was given to GCC. This may be
3369 combined with @samp{!} and @samp{.} sequences as well, although they
3370 have a stronger binding than the @samp{|}. For example a spec string
3371 like this:
3372
3373 @smallexample
3374 %@{.c:-foo@} %@{!.c:-bar@} %@{.c|d:-baz@} %@{!.c|d:-boggle@}
3375 @end smallexample
3376
3377 will output the following command-line options from the following input
3378 command-line options:
3379
3380 @smallexample
3381 fred.c -foo -baz
3382 jim.d -bar -boggle
3383 -d fred.c -foo -baz -boggle
3384 -d jim.d -bar -baz -boggle
3385 @end smallexample
3386
3387 @end table
3388
3389 The conditional text @code{X} in a %@{@code{S}:@code{X}@} or
3390 %@{!@code{S}:@code{X}@} construct may contain other nested @samp{%} constructs
3391 or spaces, or even newlines. They are processed as usual, as described
3392 above.
3393
3394 The @samp{-O, -f, -m, and -W} switches are handled specifically in these
3395 constructs. If another value of @samp{-O} or the negated form of a @samp{-f, -m, or
3396 -W} switch is found later in the command line, the earlier switch
3397 value is ignored, except with @{@code{S}*@} where @code{S} is just one
3398 letter, which passes all matching options.
3399
3400 The character @samp{|} at the beginning of the predicate text is used to indicate
3401 that a command should be piped to the following command, but only if @samp{-pipe}
3402 is specified.
3403
3404 It is built into GCC which switches take arguments and which do not.
3405 (You might think it would be useful to generalize this to allow each
3406 compiler's spec to say which switches take arguments. But this cannot
3407 be done in a consistent fashion. GCC cannot even decide which input
3408 files have been specified without knowing which switches take arguments,
3409 and it must know which input files to compile in order to tell which
3410 compilers to run).
3411
3412 GCC also knows implicitly that arguments starting in @samp{-l} are to be
3413 treated as compiler output files, and passed to the linker in their
3414 proper position among the other output files.
3415
3416 @node Target Options
3417 @section Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version
3418 @cindex target options
3419 @cindex cross compiling
3420 @cindex specifying machine version
3421 @cindex specifying compiler version and target machine
3422 @cindex compiler version, specifying
3423 @cindex target machine, specifying
3424
3425 By default, GNU CC compiles code for the same type of machine that you
3426 are using. However, it can also be installed as a cross-compiler, to
3427 compile for some other type of machine. In fact, several different
3428 configurations of GNU CC, for different target machines, can be
3429 installed side by side. Then you specify which one to use with the
3430 @samp{-b} option.
3431
3432 In addition, older and newer versions of GNU CC can be installed side
3433 by side. One of them (probably the newest) will be the default, but
3434 you may sometimes wish to use another.
3435
3436 @table @code
3437 @item -b @var{machine}
3438 The argument @var{machine} specifies the target machine for compilation.
3439 This is useful when you have installed GNU CC as a cross-compiler.
3440
3441 The value to use for @var{machine} is the same as was specified as the
3442 machine type when configuring GNU CC as a cross-compiler. For
3443 example, if a cross-compiler was configured with @samp{configure
3444 i386v}, meaning to compile for an 80386 running System V, then you
3445 would specify @samp{-b i386v} to run that cross compiler.
3446
3447 When you do not specify @samp{-b}, it normally means to compile for
3448 the same type of machine that you are using.
3449
3450 @item -V @var{version}
3451 The argument @var{version} specifies which version of GNU CC to run.
3452 This is useful when multiple versions are installed. For example,
3453 @var{version} might be @samp{2.0}, meaning to run GNU CC version 2.0.
3454
3455 The default version, when you do not specify @samp{-V}, is the last
3456 version of GNU CC that you installed.
3457 @end table
3458
3459 The @samp{-b} and @samp{-V} options actually work by controlling part of
3460 the file name used for the executable files and libraries used for
3461 compilation. A given version of GNU CC, for a given target machine, is
3462 normally kept in the directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/@var{machine}/@var{version}}.@refill
3463
3464 Thus, sites can customize the effect of @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} either by
3465 changing the names of these directories or adding alternate names (or
3466 symbolic links). If in directory @file{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib/} the
3467 file @file{80386} is a link to the file @file{i386v}, then @samp{-b
3468 80386} becomes an alias for @samp{-b i386v}.
3469
3470 In one respect, the @samp{-b} or @samp{-V} do not completely change
3471 to a different compiler: the top-level driver program @code{gcc}
3472 that you originally invoked continues to run and invoke the other
3473 executables (preprocessor, compiler per se, assembler and linker)
3474 that do the real work. However, since no real work is done in the
3475 driver program, it usually does not matter that the driver program
3476 in use is not the one for the specified target and version.
3477
3478 The only way that the driver program depends on the target machine is
3479 in the parsing and handling of special machine-specific options.
3480 However, this is controlled by a file which is found, along with the
3481 other executables, in the directory for the specified version and
3482 target machine. As a result, a single installed driver program adapts
3483 to any specified target machine and compiler version.
3484
3485 The driver program executable does control one significant thing,
3486 however: the default version and target machine. Therefore, you can
3487 install different instances of the driver program, compiled for
3488 different targets or versions, under different names.
3489
3490 For example, if the driver for version 2.0 is installed as @code{ogcc}
3491 and that for version 2.1 is installed as @code{gcc}, then the command
3492 @code{gcc} will use version 2.1 by default, while @code{ogcc} will use
3493 2.0 by default. However, you can choose either version with either
3494 command with the @samp{-V} option.
3495
3496 @node Submodel Options
3497 @section Hardware Models and Configurations
3498 @cindex submodel options
3499 @cindex specifying hardware config
3500 @cindex hardware models and configurations, specifying
3501 @cindex machine dependent options
3502
3503 Earlier we discussed the standard option @samp{-b} which chooses among
3504 different installed compilers for completely different target
3505 machines, such as Vax vs. 68000 vs. 80386.
3506
3507 In addition, each of these target machine types can have its own
3508 special options, starting with @samp{-m}, to choose among various
3509 hardware models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020,
3510 floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
3511 compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
3512 options specified.
3513
3514 Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
3515 options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
3516 platform.
3517
3518 @ifset INTERNALS
3519 These options are defined by the macro @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the
3520 machine description. The default for the options is also defined by
3521 that macro, which enables you to change the defaults.
3522 @end ifset
3523
3524 @menu
3525 * M680x0 Options::
3526 * VAX Options::
3527 * SPARC Options::
3528 * Convex Options::
3529 * AMD29K Options::
3530 * ARM Options::
3531 * Thumb Options::
3532 * MN10200 Options::
3533 * MN10300 Options::
3534 * M32R/D Options::
3535 * M88K Options::
3536 * RS/6000 and PowerPC Options::
3537 * RT Options::
3538 * MIPS Options::
3539 * i386 Options::
3540 * HPPA Options::
3541 * Intel 960 Options::
3542 * DEC Alpha Options::
3543 * Clipper Options::
3544 * H8/300 Options::
3545 * SH Options::
3546 * System V Options::
3547 * TMS320C3x/C4x Options::
3548 * V850 Options::
3549 * ARC Options::
3550 * NS32K Options::
3551 @end menu
3552
3553 @node M680x0 Options
3554 @subsection M680x0 Options
3555 @cindex M680x0 options
3556
3557 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 68000 series. The default
3558 values for these options depends on which style of 68000 was selected when
3559 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
3560 given below.
3561
3562 @table @code
3563 @item -m68000
3564 @itemx -mc68000
3565 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
3566 when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems.
3567
3568 Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core,
3569 including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
3570
3571 @item -m68020
3572 @itemx -mc68020
3573 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
3574 when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems.
3575
3576 @item -m68881
3577 Generate output containing 68881 instructions for floating point.
3578 This is the default for most 68020 systems unless @samp{-nfp} was
3579 specified when the compiler was configured.
3580
3581 @item -m68030
3582 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
3583 configured for 68030-based systems.
3584
3585 @item -m68040
3586 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
3587 configured for 68040-based systems.
3588
3589 This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
3590 emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
3591 have code to emulate those instructions.
3592
3593 @item -m68060
3594 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
3595 configured for 68060-based systems.
3596
3597 This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
3598 have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
3599 does not have code to emulate those instructions.
3600
3601 @item -mcpu32
3602 Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default
3603 when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems.
3604
3605 Use this option for microcontrollers with a
3606 CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
3607 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
3608
3609 @item -m5200
3610 Generate output for a 520X "coldfire" family cpu. This is the default
3611 when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
3612
3613 Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
3614 the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5202.
3615
3616
3617 @item -m68020-40
3618 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
3619 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3620 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3621 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
3622
3623 @item -m68020-60
3624 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
3625 This results in code which can run relatively efficiently on either a
3626 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
3627 68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
3628
3629 @item -mfpa
3630 Generate output containing Sun FPA instructions for floating point.
3631
3632 @item -msoft-float
3633 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
3634 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all m68k
3635 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
3636 used, but this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must
3637 make your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
3638 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{m68k-*-aout} and
3639 @samp{m68k-*-coff} do provide software floating point support.
3640
3641 @item -mshort
3642 Consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide, like @code{short int}.
3643
3644 @item -mnobitfield
3645 Do not use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68000}, @samp{-mcpu32}
3646 and @samp{-m5200} options imply @w{@samp{-mnobitfield}}.
3647
3648 @item -mbitfield
3649 Do use the bit-field instructions. The @samp{-m68020} option implies
3650 @samp{-mbitfield}. This is the default if you use a configuration
3651 designed for a 68020.
3652
3653 @item -mrtd
3654 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
3655 that take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{rtd}
3656 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
3657 saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
3658 the arguments there.
3659
3660 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
3661 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
3662 compiled with the Unix compiler.
3663
3664 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
3665 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
3666 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
3667 functions.
3668
3669 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
3670 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
3671 harmlessly ignored.)
3672
3673 The @code{rtd} instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
3674 68040, 68060 and CPU32 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
3675
3676 @item -malign-int
3677 @itemx -mno-align-int
3678 Control whether GNU CC aligns @code{int}, @code{long}, @code{long long},
3679 @code{float}, @code{double}, and @code{long double} variables on a 32-bit
3680 boundary (@samp{-malign-int}) or a 16-bit boundary (@samp{-mno-align-int}).
3681 Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
3682 faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
3683
3684 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-malign-int} switch, GNU CC will
3685 align structures containing the above types differently than
3686 most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
3687
3688 @item -mpcrel
3689 Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
3690 using a global offset table. At present, this option implies -fpic,
3691 allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. -fPIC is
3692 not presently supported with -mpcrel, though this could be supported for
3693 68020 and higher processors.
3694
3695 @end table
3696
3697 @node VAX Options
3698 @subsection VAX Options
3699 @cindex VAX options
3700
3701 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Vax:
3702
3703 @table @code
3704 @item -munix
3705 Do not output certain jump instructions (@code{aobleq} and so on)
3706 that the Unix assembler for the Vax cannot handle across long
3707 ranges.
3708
3709 @item -mgnu
3710 Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
3711 will assemble with the GNU assembler.
3712
3713 @item -mg
3714 Output code for g-format floating point numbers instead of d-format.
3715 @end table
3716
3717 @node SPARC Options
3718 @subsection SPARC Options
3719 @cindex SPARC options
3720
3721 These @samp{-m} switches are supported on the SPARC:
3722
3723 @table @code
3724 @item -mno-app-regs
3725 @itemx -mapp-regs
3726 Specify @samp{-mapp-regs} to generate output using the global registers
3727 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. This
3728 is the default.
3729
3730 To be fully SVR4 ABI compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
3731 specify @samp{-mno-app-regs}. You should compile libraries and system
3732 software with this option.
3733
3734 @item -mfpu
3735 @itemx -mhard-float
3736 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
3737 default.
3738
3739 @item -mno-fpu
3740 @itemx -msoft-float
3741 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
3742 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC
3743 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
3744 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
3745 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
3746 cross-compilation. The embedded targets @samp{sparc-*-aout} and
3747 @samp{sparclite-*-*} do provide software floating point support.
3748
3749 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
3750 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
3751 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
3752 library that comes with GNU CC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
3753 this to work.
3754
3755 @item -mhard-quad-float
3756 Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating point
3757 instructions.
3758
3759 @item -msoft-quad-float
3760 Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
3761 floating point instructions. The functions called are those specified
3762 in the SPARC ABI. This is the default.
3763
3764 As of this writing, there are no sparc implementations that have hardware
3765 support for the quad-word floating point instructions. They all invoke
3766 a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
3767 emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
3768 this is much slower than calling the ABI library routines. Thus the
3769 @samp{-msoft-quad-float} option is the default.
3770
3771 @item -mno-epilogue
3772 @itemx -mepilogue
3773 With @samp{-mepilogue} (the default), the compiler always emits code for
3774 function exit at the end of each function. Any function exit in
3775 the middle of the function (such as a return statement in C) will
3776 generate a jump to the exit code at the end of the function.
3777
3778 With @samp{-mno-epilogue}, the compiler tries to emit exit code inline
3779 at every function exit.
3780
3781 @item -mno-flat
3782 @itemx -mflat
3783 With @samp{-mflat}, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions
3784 and will use a "flat" or single register window calling convention.
3785 This model uses %i7 as the frame pointer and is compatible with the normal
3786 register window model. Code from either may be intermixed.
3787 The local registers and the input registers (0-5) are still treated as
3788 "call saved" registers and will be saved on the stack as necessary.
3789
3790 With @samp{-mno-flat} (the default), the compiler emits save/restore
3791 instructions (except for leaf functions) and is the normal mode of operation.
3792
3793 @item -mno-unaligned-doubles
3794 @itemx -munaligned-doubles
3795 Assume that doubles have 8 byte alignment. This is the default.
3796
3797 With @samp{-munaligned-doubles}, GNU CC assumes that doubles have 8 byte
3798 alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
3799 absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4 byte alignment.
3800 Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
3801 generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
3802 in a performance loss, especially for floating point code.
3803
3804 @item -mv8
3805 @itemx -msparclite
3806 These two options select variations on the SPARC architecture.
3807
3808 By default (unless specifically configured for the Fujitsu SPARClite),
3809 GCC generates code for the v7 variant of the SPARC architecture.
3810
3811 @samp{-mv8} will give you SPARC v8 code. The only difference from v7
3812 code is that the compiler emits the integer multiply and integer
3813 divide instructions which exist in SPARC v8 but not in SPARC v7.
3814
3815 @samp{-msparclite} will give you SPARClite code. This adds the integer
3816 multiply, integer divide step and scan (@code{ffs}) instructions which
3817 exist in SPARClite but not in SPARC v7.
3818
3819 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in GNU CC 2.9.
3820 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
3821
3822 @item -mcypress
3823 @itemx -msupersparc
3824 These two options select the processor for which the code is optimised.
3825
3826 With @samp{-mcypress} (the default), the compiler optimizes code for the
3827 Cypress CY7C602 chip, as used in the SparcStation/SparcServer 3xx series.
3828 This is also appropriate for the older SparcStation 1, 2, IPX etc.
3829
3830 With @samp{-msupersparc} the compiler optimizes code for the SuperSparc cpu, as
3831 used in the SparcStation 10, 1000 and 2000 series. This flag also enables use
3832 of the full SPARC v8 instruction set.
3833
3834 These options are deprecated and will be deleted in GNU CC 2.9.
3835 They have been replaced with @samp{-mcpu=xxx}.
3836
3837 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
3838 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
3839 for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
3840 @samp{v7}, @samp{cypress}, @samp{v8}, @samp{supersparc}, @samp{sparclite},
3841 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{sparclite86x}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934},
3842 @samp{sparclet}, @samp{tsc701}, @samp{v9}, and @samp{ultrasparc}.
3843
3844 Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
3845 an architecture and not an implementation. These are @samp{v7}, @samp{v8},
3846 @samp{sparclite}, @samp{sparclet}, @samp{v9}.
3847
3848 Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
3849 implementations.
3850
3851 @smallexample
3852 v7: cypress
3853 v8: supersparc, hypersparc
3854 sparclite: f930, f934, sparclite86x
3855 sparclet: tsc701
3856 v9: ultrasparc
3857 @end smallexample
3858
3859 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
3860 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
3861 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
3862 option @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would.
3863
3864 The same values for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} are used for
3865 @samp{-mtune=}@*@var{cpu_type}, though the only useful values are those that
3866 select a particular cpu implementation: @samp{cypress}, @samp{supersparc},
3867 @samp{hypersparc}, @samp{f930}, @samp{f934}, @samp{sparclite86x},
3868 @samp{tsc701}, @samp{ultrasparc}.
3869
3870 @item -malign-loops=@var{num}
3871 Align loops to a 2 raised to a @var{num} byte boundary. If
3872 @samp{-malign-loops} is not specified, the default is 2.
3873
3874 @item -malign-jumps=@var{num}
3875 Align instructions that are only jumped to to a 2 raised to a @var{num}
3876 byte boundary. If @samp{-malign-jumps} is not specified, the default is 2.
3877
3878 @item -malign-functions=@var{num}
3879 Align the start of functions to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary.
3880 If @samp{-malign-functions} is not specified, the default is 2 if compiling
3881 for 32 bit sparc, and 5 if compiling for 64 bit sparc.
3882
3883 @end table
3884
3885 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
3886 on the SPARCLET processor.
3887
3888 @table @code
3889 @item -mlittle-endian
3890 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
3891
3892 @item -mlive-g0
3893 Treat register @code{%g0} as a normal register.
3894 GCC will continue to clobber it as necessary but will not assume
3895 it always reads as 0.
3896
3897 @item -mbroken-saverestore
3898 Generate code that does not use non-trivial forms of the @code{save} and
3899 @code{restore} instructions. Early versions of the SPARCLET processor do
3900 not correctly handle @code{save} and @code{restore} instructions used with
3901 arguments. They correctly handle them used without arguments. A @code{save}
3902 instruction used without arguments increments the current window pointer
3903 but does not allocate a new stack frame. It is assumed that the window
3904 overflow trap handler will properly handle this case as will interrupt
3905 handlers.
3906 @end table
3907
3908 These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above
3909 on SPARC V9 processors in 64 bit environments.
3910
3911 @table @code
3912 @item -mlittle-endian
3913 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode.
3914
3915 @item -m32
3916 @itemx -m64
3917 Generate code for a 32 bit or 64 bit environment.
3918 The 32 bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
3919 The 64 bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
3920 to 64 bits.
3921
3922 @item -mcmodel=medlow
3923 Generate code for the Medium/Low code model: the program must be linked
3924 in the low 32 bits of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
3925 Programs can be statically or dynamically linked.
3926
3927 @item -mcmodel=medmid
3928 Generate code for the Medium/Middle code model: the program must be linked
3929 in the low 44 bits of the address space, the text segment must be less than
3930 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
3931 Pointers are 64 bits.
3932
3933 @item -mcmodel=medany
3934 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model: the program may be linked
3935 anywhere in the address space, the text segment must be less than
3936 2G bytes, and data segment must be within 2G of the text segment.
3937 Pointers are 64 bits.
3938
3939 @item -mcmodel=embmedany
3940 Generate code for the Medium/Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
3941 assume a 32 bit text and a 32 bit data segment, both starting anywhere
3942 (determined at link time). Register %g4 points to the base of the
3943 data segment. Pointers still 64 bits.
3944 Programs are statically linked, PIC is not supported.
3945
3946 @item -mstack-bias
3947 @itemx -mno-stack-bias
3948 With @samp{-mstack-bias}, GNU CC assumes that the stack pointer, and
3949 frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
3950 when making stack frame references.
3951 Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
3952 @end table
3953
3954 @node Convex Options
3955 @subsection Convex Options
3956 @cindex Convex options
3957
3958 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Convex:
3959
3960 @table @code
3961 @item -mc1
3962 Generate output for C1. The code will run on any Convex machine.
3963 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex__c1__} is defined.
3964
3965 @item -mc2
3966 Generate output for C2. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3967 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C2.
3968 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c2__} is defined.
3969
3970 @item -mc32
3971 Generate output for C32xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3972 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C32.
3973 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c32__} is defined.
3974
3975 @item -mc34
3976 Generate output for C34xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3977 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C34.
3978 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c34__} is defined.
3979
3980 @item -mc38
3981 Generate output for C38xx. Uses instructions not available on C1.
3982 Scheduling and other optimizations are chosen for max performance on C38.
3983 The preprocessor symbol @code{__convex_c38__} is defined.
3984
3985 @item -margcount
3986 Generate code which puts an argument count in the word preceding each
3987 argument list. This is compatible with regular CC, and a few programs
3988 may need the argument count word. GDB and other source-level debuggers
3989 do not need it; this info is in the symbol table.
3990
3991 @item -mnoargcount
3992 Omit the argument count word. This is the default.
3993
3994 @item -mvolatile-cache
3995 Allow volatile references to be cached. This is the default.
3996
3997 @item -mvolatile-nocache
3998 Volatile references bypass the data cache, going all the way to memory.
3999 This is only needed for multi-processor code that does not use standard
4000 synchronization instructions. Making non-volatile references to volatile
4001 locations will not necessarily work.
4002
4003 @item -mlong32
4004 Type long is 32 bits, the same as type int. This is the default.
4005
4006 @item -mlong64
4007 Type long is 64 bits, the same as type long long. This option is useless,
4008 because no library support exists for it.
4009 @end table
4010
4011 @node AMD29K Options
4012 @subsection AMD29K Options
4013 @cindex AMD29K options
4014
4015 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the AMD Am29000:
4016
4017 @table @code
4018 @item -mdw
4019 @kindex -mdw
4020 @cindex DW bit (29k)
4021 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is set, i.e., that byte and
4022 halfword operations are directly supported by the hardware. This is the
4023 default.
4024
4025 @item -mndw
4026 @kindex -mndw
4027 Generate code that assumes the @code{DW} bit is not set.
4028
4029 @item -mbw
4030 @kindex -mbw
4031 @cindex byte writes (29k)
4032 Generate code that assumes the system supports byte and halfword write
4033 operations. This is the default.
4034
4035 @item -mnbw
4036 @kindex -mnbw
4037 Generate code that assumes the systems does not support byte and
4038 halfword write operations. @samp{-mnbw} implies @samp{-mndw}.
4039
4040 @item -msmall
4041 @kindex -msmall
4042 @cindex memory model (29k)
4043 Use a small memory model that assumes that all function addresses are
4044 either within a single 256 KB segment or at an absolute address of less
4045 than 256k. This allows the @code{call} instruction to be used instead
4046 of a @code{const}, @code{consth}, @code{calli} sequence.
4047
4048 @item -mnormal
4049 @kindex -mnormal
4050 Use the normal memory model: Generate @code{call} instructions only when
4051 calling functions in the same file and @code{calli} instructions
4052 otherwise. This works if each file occupies less than 256 KB but allows
4053 the entire executable to be larger than 256 KB. This is the default.
4054
4055 @item -mlarge
4056 Always use @code{calli} instructions. Specify this option if you expect
4057 a single file to compile into more than 256 KB of code.
4058
4059 @item -m29050
4060 @kindex -m29050
4061 @cindex processor selection (29k)
4062 Generate code for the Am29050.
4063
4064 @item -m29000
4065 @kindex -m29000
4066 Generate code for the Am29000. This is the default.
4067
4068 @item -mkernel-registers
4069 @kindex -mkernel-registers
4070 @cindex kernel and user registers (29k)
4071 Generate references to registers @code{gr64-gr95} instead of to
4072 registers @code{gr96-gr127}. This option can be used when compiling
4073 kernel code that wants a set of global registers disjoint from that used
4074 by user-mode code.
4075
4076 Note that when this option is used, register names in @samp{-f} flags
4077 must use the normal, user-mode, names.
4078
4079 @item -muser-registers
4080 @kindex -muser-registers
4081 Use the normal set of global registers, @code{gr96-gr127}. This is the
4082 default.
4083
4084 @item -mstack-check
4085 @itemx -mno-stack-check
4086 @kindex -mstack-check
4087 @cindex stack checks (29k)
4088 Insert (or do not insert) a call to @code{__msp_check} after each stack
4089 adjustment. This is often used for kernel code.
4090
4091 @item -mstorem-bug
4092 @itemx -mno-storem-bug
4093 @kindex -mstorem-bug
4094 @cindex storem bug (29k)
4095 @samp{-mstorem-bug} handles 29k processors which cannot handle the
4096 separation of a mtsrim insn and a storem instruction (most 29000 chips
4097 to date, but not the 29050).
4098
4099 @item -mno-reuse-arg-regs
4100 @itemx -mreuse-arg-regs
4101 @kindex -mreuse-arg-regs
4102 @samp{-mno-reuse-arg-regs} tells the compiler to only use incoming argument
4103 registers for copying out arguments. This helps detect calling a function
4104 with fewer arguments than it was declared with.
4105
4106 @item -mno-impure-text
4107 @itemx -mimpure-text
4108 @kindex -mimpure-text
4109 @samp{-mimpure-text}, used in addition to @samp{-shared}, tells the compiler to
4110 not pass @samp{-assert pure-text} to the linker when linking a shared object.
4111
4112 @item -msoft-float
4113 @kindex -msoft-float
4114 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4115 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GNU CC.
4116 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
4117 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
4118 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4119 cross-compilation.
4120
4121 @item -mno-multm
4122 @kindex -mno-multm
4123 Do not generate multm or multmu instructions. This is useful for some embedded
4124 systems which do not have trap handlers for these instructions.
4125 @end table
4126
4127 @node ARM Options
4128 @subsection ARM Options
4129 @cindex ARM options
4130
4131 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Advanced RISC Machines (ARM)
4132 architectures:
4133
4134 @table @code
4135 @item -mapcs-frame
4136 @kindex -mapcs-frame
4137 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call
4138 Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
4139 correct execution of the code. Specifying @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer}
4140 with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
4141 leaf functions. The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
4142
4143 @item -mapcs
4144 @kindex -mapcs
4145 This is a synonym for @samp{-mapcs-frame}.
4146
4147 @item -mapcs-26
4148 @kindex -mapcs-26
4149 Generate code for a processor running with a 26-bit program counter,
4150 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 26-bit
4151 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m2} and @samp{-m3} options
4152 of previous releases of the compiler.
4153
4154 @item -mapcs-32
4155 @kindex -mapcs-32
4156 Generate code for a processor running with a 32-bit program counter,
4157 and conforming to the function calling standards for the APCS 32-bit
4158 option. This option replaces the @samp{-m6} option of previous releases
4159 of the compiler.
4160
4161 @item -mapcs-stack-check
4162 @kindex -mapcs-stack-check
4163 @kindex -mno-apcs-stack-check
4164 Generate code to check the amount of stack space available upon entry to
4165 every function (that actually uses some stack space). If there is
4166 insufficient space available then either the function
4167 @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_small} or @samp{__rt_stkovf_split_big} will be
4168 called, depending upon the amount of stack space required. The run time
4169 system is required to provide these functions. The default is
4170 @samp{-mno-apcs-stack-check}, since this produces smaller code.
4171
4172 @item -mapcs-float
4173 @kindex -mapcs-float
4174 @kindex -mno-apcs-float
4175 Pass floating point arguments using the float point registers. This is
4176 one of the variants of the APCS. This option is recommended if the
4177 target hardware has a floating point unit or if a lot of floating point
4178 arithmetic is going to be performed by the code. The default is
4179 @samp{-mno-apcs-float}, since integer only code is slightly increased in
4180 size if @samp{-mapcs-float} is used.
4181
4182 @item -mapcs-reentrant
4183 @kindex -mapcs-reentrant
4184 @kindex -mno-apcs-reentrant
4185 Generate reentrant, position independent code. This is the equivalent
4186 to specifying the @samp{-fpic} option. The default is
4187 @samp{-mno-apcs-reentrant}.
4188
4189 @item -mthumb-interwork
4190 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
4191 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
4192 Generate code which supports calling between the ARM and THUMB
4193 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4194 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4195 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly larger code is generated
4196 when @samp{-mthumb-interwork} is specified.
4197
4198 @item -mno-sched-prolog
4199 @kindex -mno-sched-prolog
4200 @kindex -msched-prolog
4201 Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prolog, or the
4202 merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
4203 body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
4204 of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
4205 different function prologues), and this information can be used to
4206 locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
4207 default is @samp{-msched-prolog}.
4208
4209 @item -mhard-float
4210 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
4211 default.
4212
4213 @item -msoft-float
4214 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
4215 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all ARM
4216 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
4217 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
4218 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
4219 cross-compilation.
4220
4221 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
4222 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
4223 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
4224 library that comes with GNU CC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
4225 this to work.
4226
4227 @item -mlittle-endian
4228 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4229 the default for all standard configurations.
4230
4231 @item -mbig-endian
4232 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
4233 to compile code for a little-endian processor.
4234
4235 @item -mwords-little-endian
4236 This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
4237 Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
4238 order. That is, a byte order of the form @samp{32107654}. Note: this
4239 option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
4240 big-endian ARM processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
4241 2.8.
4242
4243 @item -mshort-load-bytes
4244 @kindex -mshort-load-bytes
4245 Do not try to load half-words (eg @samp{short}s) by loading a word from
4246 an unaligned address. For some targets the MMU is configured to trap
4247 unaligned loads; use this option to generate code that is safe in these
4248 environments.
4249
4250 @item -mno-short-load-bytes
4251 @kindex -mno-short-load-bytes
4252 Use unaligned word loads to load half-words (eg @samp{short}s). This
4253 option produces more efficient code, but the MMU is sometimes configured
4254 to trap these instructions.
4255
4256 @item -mshort-load-words
4257 @kindex -mshort-load-words
4258 This is a synonym for @samp{-mno-short-load-bytes}.
4259
4260 @item -mno-short-load-words
4261 @kindex -mno-short-load-words
4262 This is a synonym for @samp{-mshort-load-bytes}.
4263
4264 @item -mbsd
4265 @kindex -mbsd
4266 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native BSD-mode
4267 compiler. This is the default if @samp{-ansi} is not specified.
4268
4269 @item -mxopen
4270 @kindex -mxopen
4271 This option only applies to RISC iX. Emulate the native X/Open-mode
4272 compiler.
4273
4274 @item -mno-symrename
4275 @kindex -mno-symrename
4276 This option only applies to RISC iX. Do not run the assembler
4277 post-processor, @samp{symrename}, after code has been assembled.
4278 Normally it is necessary to modify some of the standard symbols in
4279 preparation for linking with the RISC iX C library; this option
4280 suppresses this pass. The post-processor is never run when the
4281 compiler is built for cross-compilation.
4282
4283 @item -mcpu=<name>
4284 @kindex -mcpu=
4285 This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name
4286 to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4287 assembly code. Permissible names are: arm2, arm250, arm3, arm6, arm60,
4288 arm600, arm610, arm620, arm7, arm7m, arm7d, arm7dm, arm7di, arm7dmi,
4289 arm70, arm700, arm700i, arm710, arm710c, arm7100, arm7500, arm7500fe,
4290 arm7tdmi, arm8, strongarm, strongarm110, strongarm1100, arm8, arm810,
4291 arm9, arm920, arm920t, arm9tdmi.
4292
4293 @itemx -mtune=<name>
4294 @kindex -mtune=
4295 This option is very similar to the @samp{-mcpu=} option, except that
4296 instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
4297 restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that GCC should
4298 tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
4299 specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
4300 will generate based on the cpu specified by a @samp{-mcpu=} option.
4301 For some arm implementations better performance can be obtained by using
4302 this option.
4303
4304 @item -march=<name>
4305 @kindex -march=
4306 This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this
4307 name to determine what kind of instructions it can use when generating
4308 assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
4309 of the @samp{-mcpu=} option. Permissible names are: armv2, armv2a,
4310 armv3, armv3m, armv4, armv4t, armv5.
4311
4312 @item -mfpe=<number>
4313 @itemx -mfp=<number>
4314 @kindex -mfpe=
4315 @kindex -mfp=
4316 This specifes the version of the floating point emulation available on
4317 the target. Permissible values are 2 and 3. @samp{-mfp=} is a synonym
4318 for @samp{-mfpe=} to support older versions of GCC.
4319
4320 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
4321 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
4322 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4323 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8 and
4324 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
4325 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4326 can produce faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4327 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4328 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4329 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4330 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4331 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4332
4333 @item -mabort-on-noreturn
4334 @kindex -mabort-on-noreturn
4335 @kindex -mnoabort-on-noreturn
4336 Generate a call to the function abort at the end of a noreturn function.
4337 It will be executed if the function tries to return.
4338
4339 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
4340 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
4341 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
4342
4343 @item -msingle-pic-base
4344 @kindex -msingle-pic-base
4345 Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than
4346 loading it in the prologue for each function. The run-time system is
4347 responsible for initialising this register with an appropriate value
4348 before execution begins.
4349
4350 @item -mpic-register=<reg>
4351 @kindex -mpic-register=
4352 Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. The default is R10
4353 unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
4354
4355 @end table
4356
4357 @node Thumb Options
4358 @subsection Thumb Options
4359 @cindex Thumb Options
4360
4361 @table @code
4362
4363 @item -mthumb-interwork
4364 @kindex -mthumb-interwork
4365 @kindex -mno-thumb-interwork
4366 Generate code which supports calling between the THUMB and ARM
4367 instruction sets. Without this option the two instruction sets cannot
4368 be reliably used inside one program. The default is
4369 @samp{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly smaller code is generated
4370 with this option.
4371
4372 @item -mtpcs-frame
4373 @kindex -mtpcs-frame
4374 @kindex -mno-tpcs-frame
4375 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4376 Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4377 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-frame}.
4378
4379 @item -mtpcs-leaf-frame
4380 @kindex -mtpcs-leaf-frame
4381 @kindex -mno-tpcs-leaf-frame
4382 Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
4383 Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
4384 not call any other functions). The default is @samp{-mno-apcs-leaf-frame}.
4385
4386 @item -mlittle-endian
4387 @kindex -mlittle-endian
4388 Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
4389 the default for all standard configurations.
4390
4391 @item -mbig-endian
4392 @kindex -mbig-endian
4393 Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode.
4394
4395 @item -mstructure-size-boundary=<n>
4396 @kindex -mstructure-size-boundary
4397 The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
4398 of the number of bits set by this option. Permissable values are 8 and
4399 32. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF
4400 targeted toolchain the default value is 8. Specifying the larger number
4401 can produced faster, more efficient code, but can also increase the size
4402 of the program. The two values are potentially incompatible. Code
4403 compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to work with code or
4404 libraries compiled with the other value, if they exchange information
4405 using structures or unions. Programmers are encouraged to use the 32
4406 value as future versions of the toolchain may default to this value.
4407
4408 @item -mnop-fun-dllimport
4409 @kindex -mnop-fun-dllimport
4410 Disable the support for the @emph{dllimport} attribute.
4411
4412 @item -mcallee-super-interworking
4413 @kindex -mcallee-super-interworking
4414 Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM
4415 instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
4416 rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
4417 non-interworking code.
4418
4419 @item -mcaller-super-interworking
4420 @kindex -mcaller-super-interworking
4421 Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
4422 execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
4423 compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
4424 of executing a funciton pointer if this option is enabled.
4425
4426 @end table
4427
4428 @node MN10200 Options
4429 @subsection MN10200 Options
4430 @cindex MN10200 options
4431 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10200 architectures:
4432 @table @code
4433
4434 @item -mrelax
4435 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4436 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4437 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4438
4439 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4440 @end table
4441
4442 @node MN10300 Options
4443 @subsection MN10300 Options
4444 @cindex MN10300 options
4445 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures:
4446
4447 @table @code
4448 @item -mmult-bug
4449 Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300
4450 processors. This is the default.
4451
4452 @item -mno-mult-bug
4453 Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
4454 MN10300 processors.
4455
4456 @item -mrelax
4457 Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
4458 to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
4459 has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
4460
4461 This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
4462 @end table
4463
4464
4465 @node M32R/D Options
4466 @subsection M32R/D Options
4467 @cindex M32R/D options
4468
4469 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Mitsubishi M32R/D architectures:
4470
4471 @table @code
4472 @item -mcode-model=small
4473 Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
4474 can be loaded with the @code{ld24} instruction), and assume all subroutines
4475 are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
4476 This is the default.
4477
4478 The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
4479 @code{model} attribute.
4480
4481 @item -mcode-model=medium
4482 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4483 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
4484 assume all subroutines are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction.
4485
4486 @item -mcode-model=large
4487 Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32 bit address space (the compiler
4488 will generate @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and
4489 assume subroutines may not be reachable with the @code{bl} instruction
4490 (the compiler will generate the much slower @code{seth/add3/jl}
4491 instruction sequence).
4492
4493 @item -msdata=none
4494 Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
4495 one of @samp{.data}, @samp{bss}, or @samp{.rodata} (unless the
4496 @code{section} attribute has been specified).
4497 This is the default.
4498
4499 The small data area consists of sections @samp{.sdata} and @samp{.sbss}.
4500 Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
4501 @code{section} attribute using one of these sections.
4502
4503 @item -msdata=sdata
4504 Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
4505 generate special code to reference them.
4506
4507 @item -msdata=use
4508 Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
4509 special instructions to reference them.
4510
4511 @item -G @var{num}
4512 @cindex smaller data references
4513 Put global and static objects less than or equal to @var{num} bytes
4514 into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
4515 sections. The default value of @var{num} is 8.
4516 The @samp{-msdata} option must be set to one of @samp{sdata} or @samp{use}
4517 for this option to have any effect.
4518
4519 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
4520 Compiling with different values of @var{num} may or may not work; if it
4521 doesn't the linker will give an error message - incorrect code will not be
4522 generated.
4523
4524 @end table
4525
4526 @node M88K Options
4527 @subsection M88K Options
4528 @cindex M88k options
4529
4530 These @samp{-m} options are defined for Motorola 88k architectures:
4531
4532 @table @code
4533 @item -m88000
4534 @kindex -m88000
4535 Generate code that works well on both the m88100 and the
4536 m88110.
4537
4538 @item -m88100
4539 @kindex -m88100
4540 Generate code that works best for the m88100, but that also
4541 runs on the m88110.
4542
4543 @item -m88110
4544 @kindex -m88110
4545 Generate code that works best for the m88110, and may not run
4546 on the m88100.
4547
4548 @item -mbig-pic
4549 @kindex -mbig-pic
4550 Obsolete option to be removed from the next revision.
4551 Use @samp{-fPIC}.
4552
4553 @item -midentify-revision
4554 @kindex -midentify-revision
4555 @kindex ident
4556 @cindex identifying source, compiler (88k)
4557 Include an @code{ident} directive in the assembler output recording the
4558 source file name, compiler name and version, timestamp, and compilation
4559 flags used.
4560
4561 @item -mno-underscores
4562 @kindex -mno-underscores
4563 @cindex underscores, avoiding (88k)
4564 In assembler output, emit symbol names without adding an underscore
4565 character at the beginning of each name. The default is to use an
4566 underscore as prefix on each name.
4567
4568 @item -mocs-debug-info
4569 @itemx -mno-ocs-debug-info
4570 @kindex -mocs-debug-info
4571 @kindex -mno-ocs-debug-info
4572 @cindex OCS (88k)
4573 @cindex debugging, 88k OCS
4574 Include (or omit) additional debugging information (about registers used
4575 in each stack frame) as specified in the 88open Object Compatibility
4576 Standard, ``OCS''. This extra information allows debugging of code that
4577 has had the frame pointer eliminated. The default for DG/UX, SVr4, and
4578 Delta 88 SVr3.2 is to include this information; other 88k configurations
4579 omit this information by default.
4580
4581 @item -mocs-frame-position
4582 @kindex -mocs-frame-position
4583 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
4584 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
4585 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the canonical frame
4586 address, which is the stack pointer (register 31) on entry to the
4587 function. The DG/UX, SVr4, Delta88 SVr3.2, and BCS configurations use
4588 @samp{-mocs-frame-position}; other 88k configurations have the default
4589 @samp{-mno-ocs-frame-position}.
4590
4591 @item -mno-ocs-frame-position
4592 @kindex -mno-ocs-frame-position
4593 @cindex register positions in frame (88k)
4594 When emitting COFF debugging information for automatic variables and
4595 parameters stored on the stack, use the offset from the frame pointer
4596 register (register 30). When this option is in effect, the frame
4597 pointer is not eliminated when debugging information is selected by the
4598 -g switch.
4599
4600 @item -moptimize-arg-area
4601 @itemx -mno-optimize-arg-area
4602 @kindex -moptimize-arg-area
4603 @kindex -mno-optimize-arg-area
4604 @cindex arguments in frame (88k)
4605 Control how function arguments are stored in stack frames.
4606 @samp{-moptimize-arg-area} saves space by optimizing them, but this
4607 conflicts with the 88open specifications. The opposite alternative,
4608 @samp{-mno-optimize-arg-area}, agrees with 88open standards. By default
4609 GNU CC does not optimize the argument area.
4610
4611 @item -mshort-data-@var{num}
4612 @kindex -mshort-data-@var{num}
4613 @cindex smaller data references (88k)
4614 @cindex r0-relative references (88k)
4615 Generate smaller data references by making them relative to @code{r0},
4616 which allows loading a value using a single instruction (rather than the
4617 usual two). You control which data references are affected by
4618 specifying @var{num} with this option. For example, if you specify
4619 @samp{-mshort-data-512}, then the data references affected are those
4620 involving displacements of less than 512 bytes.
4621 @samp{-mshort-data-@var{num}} is not effective for @var{num} greater
4622 than 64k.
4623
4624 @item -mserialize-volatile
4625 @kindex -mserialize-volatile
4626 @itemx -mno-serialize-volatile
4627 @kindex -mno-serialize-volatile
4628 @cindex sequential consistency on 88k
4629 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee sequential consistency
4630 of volatile memory references. By default, consistency is
4631 guaranteed.
4632
4633 The order of memory references made by the MC88110 processor does
4634 not always match the order of the instructions requesting those
4635 references. In particular, a load instruction may execute before
4636 a preceding store instruction. Such reordering violates
4637 sequential consistency of volatile memory references, when there
4638 are multiple processors. When consistency must be guaranteed,
4639 GNU C generates special instructions, as needed, to force
4640 execution in the proper order.
4641
4642 The MC88100 processor does not reorder memory references and so
4643 always provides sequential consistency. However, by default, GNU
4644 C generates the special instructions to guarantee consistency
4645 even when you use @samp{-m88100}, so that the code may be run on an
4646 MC88110 processor. If you intend to run your code only on the
4647 MC88100 processor, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
4648
4649 The extra code generated to guarantee consistency may affect the
4650 performance of your application. If you know that you can safely
4651 forgo this guarantee, you may use @samp{-mno-serialize-volatile}.
4652
4653 @item -msvr4
4654 @itemx -msvr3
4655 @kindex -msvr4
4656 @kindex -msvr3
4657 @cindex assembler syntax, 88k
4658 @cindex SVr4
4659 Turn on (@samp{-msvr4}) or off (@samp{-msvr3}) compiler extensions
4660 related to System V release 4 (SVr4). This controls the following:
4661
4662 @enumerate
4663 @item
4664 Which variant of the assembler syntax to emit.
4665 @item
4666 @samp{-msvr4} makes the C preprocessor recognize @samp{#pragma weak}
4667 that is used on System V release 4.
4668 @item
4669 @samp{-msvr4} makes GNU CC issue additional declaration directives used in
4670 SVr4.
4671 @end enumerate
4672
4673 @samp{-msvr4} is the default for the m88k-motorola-sysv4 and
4674 m88k-dg-dgux m88k configurations. @samp{-msvr3} is the default for all
4675 other m88k configurations.
4676
4677 @item -mversion-03.00
4678 @kindex -mversion-03.00
4679 This option is obsolete, and is ignored.
4680 @c ??? which asm syntax better for GAS? option there too?
4681
4682 @item -mno-check-zero-division
4683 @itemx -mcheck-zero-division
4684 @kindex -mno-check-zero-division
4685 @kindex -mcheck-zero-division
4686 @cindex zero division on 88k
4687 Do, or don't, generate code to guarantee that integer division by
4688 zero will be detected. By default, detection is guaranteed.
4689
4690 Some models of the MC88100 processor fail to trap upon integer
4691 division by zero under certain conditions. By default, when
4692 compiling code that might be run on such a processor, GNU C
4693 generates code that explicitly checks for zero-valued divisors
4694 and traps with exception number 503 when one is detected. Use of
4695 mno-check-zero-division suppresses such checking for code
4696 generated to run on an MC88100 processor.
4697
4698 GNU C assumes that the MC88110 processor correctly detects all
4699 instances of integer division by zero. When @samp{-m88110} is
4700 specified, both @samp{-mcheck-zero-division} and
4701 @samp{-mno-check-zero-division} are ignored, and no explicit checks for
4702 zero-valued divisors are generated.
4703
4704 @item -muse-div-instruction
4705 @kindex -muse-div-instruction
4706 @cindex divide instruction, 88k
4707 Use the div instruction for signed integer division on the
4708 MC88100 processor. By default, the div instruction is not used.
4709
4710 On the MC88100 processor the signed integer division instruction
4711 div) traps to the operating system on a negative operand. The
4712 operating system transparently completes the operation, but at a
4713 large cost in execution time. By default, when compiling code
4714 that might be run on an MC88100 processor, GNU C emulates signed
4715 integer division using the unsigned integer division instruction
4716 divu), thereby avoiding the large penalty of a trap to the
4717 operating system. Such emulation has its own, smaller, execution
4718 cost in both time and space. To the extent that your code's
4719 important signed integer division operations are performed on two
4720 nonnegative operands, it may be desirable to use the div
4721 instruction directly.
4722
4723 On the MC88110 processor the div instruction (also known as the
4724 divs instruction) processes negative operands without trapping to
4725 the operating system. When @samp{-m88110} is specified,
4726 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} is ignored, and the div instruction is used
4727 for signed integer division.
4728
4729 Note that the result of dividing INT_MIN by -1 is undefined. In
4730 particular, the behavior of such a division with and without
4731 @samp{-muse-div-instruction} may differ.
4732
4733 @item -mtrap-large-shift
4734 @itemx -mhandle-large-shift
4735 @kindex -mtrap-large-shift
4736 @kindex -mhandle-large-shift
4737 @cindex bit shift overflow (88k)
4738 @cindex large bit shifts (88k)
4739 Include code to detect bit-shifts of more than 31 bits; respectively,
4740 trap such shifts or emit code to handle them properly. By default GNU CC
4741 makes no special provision for large bit shifts.
4742
4743 @item -mwarn-passed-structs
4744 @kindex -mwarn-passed-structs
4745 @cindex structure passing (88k)
4746 Warn when a function passes a struct as an argument or result.
4747 Structure-passing conventions have changed during the evolution of the C
4748 language, and are often the source of portability problems. By default,
4749 GNU CC issues no such warning.
4750 @end table
4751
4752 @node RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4753 @subsection IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4754 @cindex RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4755 @cindex IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options
4756
4757 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC:
4758 @table @code
4759 @item -mpower
4760 @itemx -mno-power
4761 @itemx -mpower2
4762 @itemx -mno-power2
4763 @itemx -mpowerpc
4764 @itemx -mno-powerpc
4765 @itemx -mpowerpc-gpopt
4766 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gpopt
4767 @itemx -mpowerpc-gfxopt
4768 @itemx -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
4769 @itemx -mpowerpc64
4770 @itemx -mno-powerpc64
4771 @kindex -mpower
4772 @kindex -mpower2
4773 @kindex -mpowerpc
4774 @kindex -mpowerpc-gpopt
4775 @kindex -mpowerpc-gfxopt
4776 @kindex -mpowerpc64
4777 GNU CC supports two related instruction set architectures for the
4778 RS/6000 and PowerPC. The @dfn{POWER} instruction set are those
4779 instructions supported by the @samp{rios} chip set used in the original
4780 RS/6000 systems and the @dfn{PowerPC} instruction set is the
4781 architecture of the Motorola MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
4782 the IBM 4xx microprocessors.
4783
4784 Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
4785 large common subset of instructions supported by both. An MQ
4786 register is included in processors supporting the POWER architecture.
4787
4788 You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
4789 processor you are using. The default value of these options is
4790 determined when configuring GNU CC. Specifying the
4791 @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} overrides the specification of these
4792 options. We recommend you use the @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} option
4793 rather than the options listed above.
4794
4795 The @samp{-mpower} option allows GNU CC to generate instructions that
4796 are found only in the POWER architecture and to use the MQ register.
4797 Specifying @samp{-mpower2} implies @samp{-power} and also allows GNU CC
4798 to generate instructions that are present in the POWER2 architecture but
4799 not the original POWER architecture.
4800
4801 The @samp{-mpowerpc} option allows GNU CC to generate instructions that
4802 are found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
4803 Specifying @samp{-mpowerpc-gpopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows
4804 GNU CC to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
4805 General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
4806 @samp{-mpowerpc-gfxopt} implies @samp{-mpowerpc} and also allows GNU CC to
4807 use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
4808 group, including floating-point select.
4809
4810 The @samp{-mpowerpc64} option allows GNU CC to generate the additional
4811 64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
4812 and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GNU CC defaults to
4813 @samp{-mno-powerpc64}.
4814
4815 If you specify both @samp{-mno-power} and @samp{-mno-powerpc}, GNU CC
4816 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
4817 architectures plus some special AIX common-mode calls, and will not use
4818 the MQ register. Specifying both @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc}
4819 permits GNU CC to use any instruction from either architecture and to
4820 allow use of the MQ register; specify this for the Motorola MPC601.
4821
4822 @item -mnew-mnemonics
4823 @itemx -mold-mnemonics
4824 @kindex -mnew-mnemonics
4825 @kindex -mold-mnemonics
4826 Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code.
4827 @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} requests output that uses the assembler mnemonics
4828 defined for the PowerPC architecture, while @samp{-mold-mnemonics}
4829 requests the assembler mnemonics defined for the POWER architecture.
4830 Instructions defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic;
4831 GNU CC uses that mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is
4832 specified.
4833
4834 GNU CC defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
4835 use. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} sometimes overrides the
4836 value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
4837 should normally not specify either @samp{-mnew-mnemonics} or
4838 @samp{-mold-mnemonics}, but should instead accept the default.
4839
4840 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
4841 @kindex -mcpu
4842 Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
4843 instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}.
4844 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{rs6000}, @samp{rios1},
4845 @samp{rios2}, @samp{rsc}, @samp{601}, @samp{602}, @samp{603},
4846 @samp{603e}, @samp{604}, @samp{604e}, @samp{620}, @samp{740},
4847 @samp{750}, @samp{power}, @samp{power2}, @samp{powerpc}, @samp{403},
4848 @samp{505}, @samp{801}, @samp{821}, @samp{823}, and @samp{860} and
4849 @samp{common}. @samp{-mcpu=power}, @samp{-mcpu=power2}, and
4850 @samp{-mcpu=powerpc} specify generic POWER, POWER2 and pure PowerPC
4851 (i.e., not MPC601) architecture machine types, with an appropriate,
4852 generic processor model assumed for scheduling purposes.@refill
4853
4854 @c overfull hbox here --bob 22 jul96
4855 @c original text between ignore ... end ignore
4856 @ignore
4857 Specifying any of the @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2},
4858 @samp{-mcpu=rsc}, @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2} options
4859 enables the @samp{-mpower} option and disables the @samp{-mpowerpc}
4860 option; @samp{-mcpu=601} enables both the @samp{-mpower} and
4861 @samp{-mpowerpc} options; all of @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603},
4862 @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604}, @samp{-mcpu=604e},
4863 @samp{-mcpu=620}, @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=505}, @samp{-mcpu=801},
4864 @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=823}, @samp{-mcpu=860} and
4865 @samp{-mcpu=powerpc} enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the
4866 @samp{-mpower} option; @samp{-mcpu=common} disables both the
4867 @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.@refill
4868 @end ignore
4869 @c changed paragraph
4870 Specifying any of the following options:
4871 @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2}, @samp{-mcpu=rsc},
4872 @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2}
4873 enables the @samp{-mpower} option and disables the @samp{-mpowerpc} option;
4874 @samp{-mcpu=601} enables both the @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.
4875 All of @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603}, @samp{-mcpu=603e},
4876 @samp{-mcpu=604}, @samp{-mcpu=620},
4877 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
4878 Exactly similarly, all of @samp{-mcpu=403},
4879 @samp{-mcpu=505}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, @samp{-mcpu=860} and @samp{-mcpu=powerpc}
4880 enable the @samp{-mpowerpc} option and disable the @samp{-mpower} option.
4881 @samp{-mcpu=common} disables both the
4882 @samp{-mpower} and @samp{-mpowerpc} options.@refill
4883 @c end changes to prevent overfull hboxes
4884
4885 AIX versions 4 or greater selects @samp{-mcpu=common} by default, so
4886 that code will operate on all members of the RS/6000 and PowerPC
4887 families. In that case, GNU CC will use only the instructions in the
4888 common subset of both architectures plus some special AIX common-mode
4889 calls, and will not use the MQ register. GNU CC assumes a generic
4890 processor model for scheduling purposes.
4891
4892 Specifying any of the options @samp{-mcpu=rios1}, @samp{-mcpu=rios2},
4893 @samp{-mcpu=rsc}, @samp{-mcpu=power}, or @samp{-mcpu=power2} also
4894 disables the @samp{new-mnemonics} option. Specifying @samp{-mcpu=601},
4895 @samp{-mcpu=602}, @samp{-mcpu=603}, @samp{-mcpu=603e}, @samp{-mcpu=604},
4896 @samp{620}, @samp{403}, or @samp{-mcpu=powerpc} also enables the
4897 @samp{new-mnemonics} option.@refill
4898
4899 Specifying @samp{-mcpu=403}, @samp{-mcpu=821}, or @samp{-mcpu=860} also
4900 enables the @samp{-msoft-float} option.
4901
4902 @item -mtune=@var{cpu_type}
4903 Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
4904 @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the architecture type, register usage,
4905 choice of mnemonics like @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} would. The same
4906 values for @var{cpu_type} are used for @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type} as
4907 for @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type}. The @samp{-mtune=}@var{cpu_type}
4908 option overrides the @samp{-mcpu=}@var{cpu_type} option in terms of
4909 instruction scheduling parameters.
4910
4911 @item -mfull-toc
4912 @itemx -mno-fp-in-toc
4913 @itemx -mno-sum-in-toc
4914 @itemx -mminimal-toc
4915 @kindex -mminimal-toc
4916 Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for
4917 every executable file. The @samp{-mfull-toc} option is selected by
4918 default. In that case, GNU CC will allocate at least one TOC entry for
4919 each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. GNU CC
4920 will also place floating-point constants in the TOC. However, only
4921 16,384 entries are available in the TOC.
4922
4923 If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
4924 the available TOC space, you can reduce the amount of TOC space used
4925 with the @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} options.
4926 @samp{-mno-fp-in-toc} prevents GNU CC from putting floating-point
4927 constants in the TOC and @samp{-mno-sum-in-toc} forces GNU CC to
4928 generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
4929 run-time instead of putting that sum into the TOC. You may specify one
4930 or both of these options. Each causes GNU CC to produce very slightly
4931 slower and larger code at the expense of conserving TOC space.
4932
4933 If you still run out of space in the TOC even when you specify both of
4934 these options, specify @samp{-mminimal-toc} instead. This option causes
4935 GNU CC to make only one TOC entry for every file. When you specify this
4936 option, GNU CC will produce code that is slower and larger but which
4937 uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option
4938 only on files that contain less frequently executed code. @refill
4939
4940 @item -maix64
4941 @itemx -maix32
4942 @kindex -maix64
4943 @kindex -maix32
4944 Enable AIX 64-bit ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
4945 @code{long} type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
4946 Specifying @samp{-maix64} implies @samp{-mpowerpc64} and
4947 @samp{-mpowerpc}, while @samp{-maix32} disables the 64-bit ABI and
4948 implies @samp{-mno-powerpc64}. GNU CC defaults to @samp{-maix32}.
4949
4950 @item -mxl-call
4951 @itemx -mno-xl-call
4952 @kindex -mxl-call
4953 On AIX, pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the
4954 register save area (RSA) on the stack in addition to argument FPRs. The
4955 AIX calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
4956 handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
4957 address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. AIX XL
4958 compilers access floating point arguments which do not fit in the
4959 RSA from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
4960 optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
4961 stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
4962 default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by AIX
4963 XL compilers without optimization.
4964
4965 @item -mthreads
4966 @kindex -mthreads
4967 Support @dfn{AIX Threads}. Link an application written to use
4968 @dfn{pthreads} with special libraries and startup code to enable the
4969 application to run.
4970
4971 @item -mpe
4972 @kindex -mpe
4973 Support @dfn{IBM RS/6000 SP} @dfn{Parallel Environment} (PE). Link an
4974 application written to use message passing with special startup code to
4975 enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the
4976 standard location (@file{/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/}), or the @file{specs} file
4977 must be overridden with the @samp{-specs=} option to specify the
4978 appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
4979 support threads, so the @samp{-mpe} option and the @samp{-mthreads}
4980 option are incompatible.
4981
4982 @item -msoft-float
4983 @itemx -mhard-float
4984 @kindex -msoft-float
4985 Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
4986 Software floating point emulation is provided if you use the
4987 @samp{-msoft-float} option, and pass the option to GNU CC when linking.
4988
4989 @item -mmultiple
4990 @itemx -mno-multiple
4991 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
4992 instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
4993 instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not
4994 generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use @samp{-mmultiple} on little
4995 endian PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
4996 processor is in little endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and
4997 PPC750 which permit the instructions usage in little endian mode.
4998
4999 @item -mstring
5000 @itemx -mno-string
5001 @kindex -mstring
5002 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
5003 and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
5004 do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
5005 POWER systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
5006 @samp{-mstring} on little endian PowerPC systems, since those
5007 instructions do not work when the processor is in little endian mode.
5008 The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit the instructions
5009 usage in little endian mode.
5010
5011 @item -mupdate
5012 @itemx -mno-update
5013 @kindex -mupdate
5014 Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
5015 that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
5016 location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
5017 @samp{-mno-update}, there is a small window between the time that the
5018 stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
5019 stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
5020 signals may get corrupted data.
5021
5022 @item -mfused-madd
5023 @itemx -mno-fused-madd
5024 @kindex -mfused-madd
5025 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating point multiply and
5026 accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
5027 hardware floating is used.
5028
5029 @item -mno-bit-align
5030 @itemx -mbit-align
5031 @kindex -mbit-align
5032 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
5033 and unions that contain bit fields to be aligned to the base type of the
5034 bit field.
5035
5036 For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
5037 @code{unsigned} bitfields of length 1 would be aligned to a 4 byte
5038 boundary and have a size of 4 bytes. By using @samp{-mno-bit-align},
5039 the structure would be aligned to a 1 byte boundary and be one byte in
5040 size.
5041
5042 @item -mno-strict-align
5043 @itemx -mstrict-align
5044 @kindex -mstrict-align
5045 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5046 unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
5047
5048 @item -mrelocatable
5049 @itemx -mno-relocatable
5050 @kindex -mrelocatable
5051 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5052 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. If you
5053 use @samp{-mrelocatable} on any module, all objects linked together must
5054 be compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable} or @samp{-mrelocatable-lib}.
5055
5056 @item -mrelocatable-lib
5057 @itemx -mno-relocatable-lib
5058 On embedded PowerPC systems generate code that allows (does not allow)
5059 the program to be relocated to a different address at runtime. Modules
5060 compiled with @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} can be linked with either modules
5061 compiled without @samp{-mrelocatable} and @samp{-mrelocatable-lib} or
5062 with modules compiled with the @samp{-mrelocatable} options.
5063
5064 @item -mno-toc
5065 @itemx -mtoc
5066 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
5067 register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
5068 used in the program.
5069
5070 @item -mlittle
5071 @itemx -mlittle-endian
5072 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5073 processor in little endian mode. The @samp{-mlittle-endian} option is
5074 the same as @samp{-mlittle}.
5075
5076 @item -mbig
5077 @itemx -mbig-endian
5078 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5079 processor in big endian mode. The @samp{-mbig-endian} option is
5080 the same as @samp{-mbig}.
5081
5082 @item -mcall-sysv
5083 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5084 conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
5085 Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
5086 default unless you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
5087
5088 @item -mcall-sysv-eabi
5089 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-meabi} options.
5090
5091 @item -mcall-sysv-noeabi
5092 Specify both @samp{-mcall-sysv} and @samp{-mno-eabi} options.
5093
5094 @item -mcall-aix
5095 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
5096 conventions that are similar to those used on AIX. This is the
5097 default if you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}.
5098
5099 @item -mcall-solaris
5100 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Solaris
5101 operating system.
5102
5103 @item -mcall-linux
5104 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
5105 Linux-based GNU system.
5106
5107 @item -mprototype
5108 @itemx -mno-prototype
5109 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
5110 variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
5111 compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
5112 set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (@var{CR}) to
5113 indicate whether floating point values were passed in the floating point
5114 registers in case the function takes a variable arguments. With
5115 @samp{-mprototype}, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
5116 will set or clear the bit.
5117
5118 @item -msim
5119 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5120 @file{sim-crt0.o} and that the standard C libraries are @file{libsim.a} and
5121 @file{libc.a}. This is the default for @samp{powerpc-*-eabisim}.
5122 configurations.
5123
5124 @item -mmvme
5125 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5126 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libmvme.a} and
5127 @file{libc.a}.
5128
5129 @item -mads
5130 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5131 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libads.a} and
5132 @file{libc.a}.
5133
5134 @item -myellowknife
5135 On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
5136 @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libyk.a} and
5137 @file{libc.a}.
5138
5139 @item -memb
5140 On embedded PowerPC systems, set the @var{PPC_EMB} bit in the ELF flags
5141 header to indicate that @samp{eabi} extended relocations are used.
5142
5143 @item -meabi
5144 @itemx -mno-eabi
5145 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
5146 Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
5147 modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting @code{-meabi}
5148 means that the stack is aligned to an 8 byte boundary, a function
5149 @code{__eabi} is called to from @code{main} to set up the eabi
5150 environment, and the @samp{-msdata} option can use both @code{r2} and
5151 @code{r13} to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
5152 @code{-mno-eabi} means that the stack is aligned to a 16 byte boundary,
5153 do not call an initialization function from @code{main}, and the
5154 @samp{-msdata} option will only use @code{r13} to point to a single
5155 small data area. The @samp{-meabi} option is on by default if you
5156 configured GCC using one of the @samp{powerpc*-*-eabi*} options.
5157
5158 @item -msdata=eabi
5159 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
5160 @code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata2} section, which
5161 is pointed to by register @code{r2}. Put small initialized
5162 non-@code{const} global and static data in the @samp{.sdata} section,
5163 which is pointed to by register @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized
5164 global and static data in the @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to
5165 the @samp{.sdata} section. The @samp{-msdata=eabi} option is
5166 incompatible with the @samp{-mrelocatable} option. The
5167 @samp{-msdata=eabi} option also sets the @samp{-memb} option.
5168
5169 @item -msdata=sysv
5170 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5171 data in the @samp{.sdata} section, which is pointed to by register
5172 @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
5173 @samp{.sbss} section, which is adjacent to the @samp{.sdata} section.
5174 The @samp{-msdata=sysv} option is incompatible with the
5175 @samp{-mrelocatable} option.
5176
5177 @item -msdata=default
5178 @itemx -msdata
5179 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if @samp{-meabi} is used,
5180 compile code the same as @samp{-msdata=eabi}, otherwise compile code the
5181 same as @samp{-msdata=sysv}.
5182
5183 @item -msdata-data
5184 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
5185 data in the @samp{.sdata} section. Put small uninitialized global and
5186 static data in the @samp{.sbss} section. Do not use register @code{r13}
5187 to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
5188 other @samp{-msdata} options are used.
5189
5190 @item -msdata=none
5191 @itemx -mno-sdata
5192 On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
5193 in the @samp{.data} section, and all uninitialized data in the
5194 @samp{.bss} section.
5195
5196 @item -G @var{num}
5197 @cindex smaller data references (PowerPC)
5198 @cindex .sdata/.sdata2 references (PowerPC)
5199 On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
5200 equal to @var{num} bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
5201 the normal data or bss section. By default, @var{num} is 8. The
5202 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the linker.
5203 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}} value.
5204
5205 @item -mregnames
5206 @itemx -mno-regnames
5207 On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
5208 names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
5209
5210 @end table
5211
5212 @node RT Options
5213 @subsection IBM RT Options
5214 @cindex RT options
5215 @cindex IBM RT options
5216
5217 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RT PC:
5218
5219 @table @code
5220 @item -min-line-mul
5221 Use an in-line code sequence for integer multiplies. This is the
5222 default.
5223
5224 @item -mcall-lib-mul
5225 Call @code{lmul$$} for integer multiples.
5226
5227 @item -mfull-fp-blocks
5228 Generate full-size floating point data blocks, including the minimum
5229 amount of scratch space recommended by IBM. This is the default.
5230
5231 @item -mminimum-fp-blocks
5232 Do not include extra scratch space in floating point data blocks. This
5233 results in smaller code, but slower execution, since scratch space must
5234 be allocated dynamically.
5235
5236 @cindex @file{varargs.h} and RT PC
5237 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and RT PC
5238 @item -mfp-arg-in-fpregs
5239 Use a calling sequence incompatible with the IBM calling convention in
5240 which floating point arguments are passed in floating point registers.
5241 Note that @code{varargs.h} and @code{stdargs.h} will not work with
5242 floating point operands if this option is specified.
5243
5244 @item -mfp-arg-in-gregs
5245 Use the normal calling convention for floating point arguments. This is
5246 the default.
5247
5248 @item -mhc-struct-return
5249 Return structures of more than one word in memory, rather than in a
5250 register. This provides compatibility with the MetaWare HighC (hc)
5251 compiler. Use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} for compatibility
5252 with the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
5253
5254 @item -mnohc-struct-return
5255 Return some structures of more than one word in registers, when
5256 convenient. This is the default. For compatibility with the
5257 IBM-supplied compilers, use the option @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} or the
5258 option @samp{-mhc-struct-return}.
5259 @end table
5260
5261 @node MIPS Options
5262 @subsection MIPS Options
5263 @cindex MIPS options
5264
5265 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the MIPS family of computers:
5266
5267 @table @code
5268 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
5269 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
5270 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
5271 @samp{r3900}, @samp{r4000}, @samp{r4100}, @samp{r4300}, @samp{r4400},
5272 @samp{r4600}, @samp{r4650}, @samp{r5000}, @samp{r6000}, @samp{r8000},
5273 and @samp{orion}. Additionally, the @samp{r2000}, @samp{r3000},
5274 @samp{r4000}, @samp{r5000}, and @samp{r6000} can be abbreviated as
5275 @samp{r2k} (or @samp{r2K}), @samp{r3k}, etc. While picking a specific
5276 @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately for that particular
5277 chip, the compiler will not generate any code that does not meet level 1
5278 of the MIPS ISA (instruction set architecture) without a @samp{-mipsX}
5279 or @samp{-mabi} switch being used.
5280
5281 @item -mips1
5282 Issue instructions from level 1 of the MIPS ISA. This is the default.
5283 @samp{r3000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5284
5285 @item -mips2
5286 Issue instructions from level 2 of the MIPS ISA (branch likely, square
5287 root instructions). @samp{r6000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this
5288 ISA level.
5289
5290 @item -mips3
5291 Issue instructions from level 3 of the MIPS ISA (64 bit instructions).
5292 @samp{r4000} is the default @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5293
5294 @item -mips4
5295 Issue instructions from level 4 of the MIPS ISA (conditional move,
5296 prefetch, enhanced FPU instructions). @samp{r8000} is the default
5297 @var{cpu type} at this ISA level.
5298
5299 @item -mfp32
5300 Assume that 32 32-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5301 the default.
5302
5303 @item -mfp64
5304 Assume that 32 64-bit floating point registers are available. This is
5305 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
5306
5307 @item -mgp32
5308 Assume that 32 32-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5309 the default.
5310
5311 @item -mgp64
5312 Assume that 32 64-bit general purpose registers are available. This is
5313 the default when the @samp{-mips3} option is used.
5314
5315 @item -mint64
5316 Force int and long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
5317 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5318
5319 @item -mlong64
5320 Force long types to be 64 bits wide. See @samp{-mlong32} for an
5321 explanation of the default, and the width of pointers.
5322
5323 @item -mlong32
5324 Force long, int, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
5325
5326 If none of @samp{-mlong32}, @samp{-mlong64}, or @samp{-mint64} are set,
5327 the size of ints, longs, and pointers depends on the ABI and ISA choosen.
5328 For @samp{-mabi=32}, and @samp{-mabi=n32}, ints and longs are 32 bits
5329 wide. For @samp{-mabi=64}, ints are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide.
5330 For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and either @samp{-mips1} or @samp{-mips2}, ints
5331 and longs are 32 bits wide. For @samp{-mabi=eabi} and higher ISAs, ints
5332 are 32 bits, and longs are 64 bits wide. The width of pointer types is
5333 the smaller of the width of longs or the width of general purpose
5334 registers (which in turn depends on the ISA).
5335
5336 @item -mabi=32
5337 @itemx -mabi=o64
5338 @itemx -mabi=n32
5339 @itemx -mabi=64
5340 @itemx -mabi=eabi
5341 Generate code for the indicated ABI. The default instruction level is
5342 @samp{-mips1} for @samp{32}, @samp{-mips3} for @samp{n32}, and
5343 @samp{-mips4} otherwise. Conversely, with @samp{-mips1} or
5344 @samp{-mips2}, the default ABI is @samp{32}; otherwise, the default ABI
5345 is @samp{64}.
5346
5347 @item -mmips-as
5348 Generate code for the MIPS assembler, and invoke @file{mips-tfile} to
5349 add normal debug information. This is the default for all
5350 platforms except for the OSF/1 reference platform, using the OSF/rose
5351 object format. If the either of the @samp{-gstabs} or @samp{-gstabs+}
5352 switches are used, the @file{mips-tfile} program will encapsulate the
5353 stabs within MIPS ECOFF.
5354
5355 @item -mgas
5356 Generate code for the GNU assembler. This is the default on the OSF/1
5357 reference platform, using the OSF/rose object format. Also, this is
5358 the default if the configure option @samp{--with-gnu-as} is used.
5359
5360 @item -msplit-addresses
5361 @itemx -mno-split-addresses
5362 Generate code to load the high and low parts of address constants separately.
5363 This allows @code{gcc} to optimize away redundant loads of the high order
5364 bits of addresses. This optimization requires GNU as and GNU ld.
5365 This optimization is enabled by default for some embedded targets where
5366 GNU as and GNU ld are standard.
5367
5368 @item -mrnames
5369 @itemx -mno-rnames
5370 The @samp{-mrnames} switch says to output code using the MIPS software
5371 names for the registers, instead of the hardware names (ie, @var{a0}
5372 instead of @var{$4}). The only known assembler that supports this option
5373 is the Algorithmics assembler.
5374
5375 @item -mgpopt
5376 @itemx -mno-gpopt
5377 The @samp{-mgpopt} switch says to write all of the data declarations
5378 before the instructions in the text section, this allows the MIPS
5379 assembler to generate one word memory references instead of using two
5380 words for short global or static data items. This is on by default if
5381 optimization is selected.
5382
5383 @item -mstats
5384 @itemx -mno-stats
5385 For each non-inline function processed, the @samp{-mstats} switch
5386 causes the compiler to emit one line to the standard error file to
5387 print statistics about the program (number of registers saved, stack
5388 size, etc.).
5389
5390 @item -mmemcpy
5391 @itemx -mno-memcpy
5392 The @samp{-mmemcpy} switch makes all block moves call the appropriate
5393 string function (@samp{memcpy} or @samp{bcopy}) instead of possibly
5394 generating inline code.
5395
5396 @item -mmips-tfile
5397 @itemx -mno-mips-tfile
5398 The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch causes the compiler not
5399 postprocess the object file with the @file{mips-tfile} program,
5400 after the MIPS assembler has generated it to add debug support. If
5401 @file{mips-tfile} is not run, then no local variables will be
5402 available to the debugger. In addition, @file{stage2} and
5403 @file{stage3} objects will have the temporary file names passed to the
5404 assembler embedded in the object file, which means the objects will
5405 not compare the same. The @samp{-mno-mips-tfile} switch should only
5406 be used when there are bugs in the @file{mips-tfile} program that
5407 prevents compilation.
5408
5409 @item -msoft-float
5410 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5411 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GNU CC.
5412 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5413 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5414 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5415 cross-compilation.
5416
5417 @item -mhard-float
5418 Generate output containing floating point instructions. This is the
5419 default if you use the unmodified sources.
5420
5421 @item -mabicalls
5422 @itemx -mno-abicalls
5423 Emit (or do not emit) the pseudo operations @samp{.abicalls},
5424 @samp{.cpload}, and @samp{.cprestore} that some System V.4 ports use for
5425 position independent code.
5426
5427 @item -mlong-calls
5428 @itemx -mno-long-calls
5429 Do all calls with the @samp{JALR} instruction, which requires
5430 loading up a function's address into a register before the call.
5431 You need to use this switch, if you call outside of the current
5432 512 megabyte segment to functions that are not through pointers.
5433
5434 @item -mhalf-pic
5435 @itemx -mno-half-pic
5436 Put pointers to extern references into the data section and load them
5437 up, rather than put the references in the text section.
5438
5439 @item -membedded-pic
5440 @itemx -mno-embedded-pic
5441 Generate PIC code suitable for some embedded systems. All calls are
5442 made using PC relative address, and all data is addressed using the $gp
5443 register. No more than 65536 bytes of global data may be used. This
5444 requires GNU as and GNU ld which do most of the work. This currently
5445 only works on targets which use ECOFF; it does not work with ELF.
5446
5447 @item -membedded-data
5448 @itemx -mno-embedded-data
5449 Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
5450 next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
5451 slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required
5452 when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
5453
5454 @item -msingle-float
5455 @itemx -mdouble-float
5456 The @samp{-msingle-float} switch tells gcc to assume that the floating
5457 point coprocessor only supports single precision operations, as on the
5458 @samp{r4650} chip. The @samp{-mdouble-float} switch permits gcc to use
5459 double precision operations. This is the default.
5460
5461 @item -mmad
5462 @itemx -mno-mad
5463 Permit use of the @samp{mad}, @samp{madu} and @samp{mul} instructions,
5464 as on the @samp{r4650} chip.
5465
5466 @item -m4650
5467 Turns on @samp{-msingle-float}, @samp{-mmad}, and, at least for now,
5468 @samp{-mcpu=r4650}.
5469
5470 @item -mips16
5471 @itemx -mno-mips16
5472 Enable 16-bit instructions.
5473
5474 @item -mentry
5475 Use the entry and exit pseudo ops. This option can only be used with
5476 @samp{-mips16}.
5477
5478 @item -EL
5479 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
5480 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5481
5482 @item -EB
5483 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
5484 The requisite libraries are assumed to exist.
5485
5486 @item -G @var{num}
5487 @cindex smaller data references (MIPS)
5488 @cindex gp-relative references (MIPS)
5489 Put global and static items less than or equal to @var{num} bytes into
5490 the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
5491 section. This allows the assembler to emit one word memory reference
5492 instructions based on the global pointer (@var{gp} or @var{$28}),
5493 instead of the normal two words used. By default, @var{num} is 8 when
5494 the MIPS assembler is used, and 0 when the GNU assembler is used. The
5495 @samp{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the assembler and linker.
5496 All modules should be compiled with the same @samp{-G @var{num}}
5497 value.
5498
5499 @item -nocpp
5500 Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
5501 assembler files (with a @samp{.s} suffix) when assembling them.
5502 @end table
5503
5504 @ifset INTERNALS
5505 These options are defined by the macro
5506 @code{TARGET_SWITCHES} in the machine description. The default for the
5507 options is also defined by that macro, which enables you to change the
5508 defaults.
5509 @end ifset
5510
5511 @node i386 Options
5512 @subsection Intel 386 Options
5513 @cindex i386 Options
5514 @cindex Intel 386 Options
5515
5516 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the i386 family of computers:
5517
5518 @table @code
5519 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu type}
5520 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} when scheduling
5521 instructions. The choices for @var{cpu type} are:
5522
5523 @multitable @columnfractions .20 .20 .20 .20
5524 @item @samp{i386} @tab @samp{i486} @tab @samp{i586} @tab @samp{i686}
5525 @item @samp{pentium} @tab @samp{pentiumpro} @tab @samp{k6}
5526 @end multitable
5527
5528 While picking a specific @var{cpu type} will schedule things appropriately
5529 for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
5530 does not run on the i386 without the @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} option
5531 being used. @samp{i586} is equivalent to @samp{pentium} and @samp{i686}
5532 is equivalent to @samp{pentiumpro}. @samp{k6} is the AMD chip as
5533 opposed to the Intel ones.
5534
5535 @item -march=@var{cpu type}
5536 Generate instructions for the machine type @var{cpu type}. The choices
5537 for @var{cpu type} are the same as for @samp{-mcpu}. Moreover,
5538 specifying @samp{-march=@var{cpu type}} implies @samp{-mcpu=@var{cpu type}}.
5539
5540 @item -m386
5541 @itemx -m486
5542 @itemx -mpentium
5543 @itemx -mpentiumpro
5544 Synonyms for -mcpu=i386, -mcpu=i486, -mcpu=pentium, and -mcpu=pentiumpro
5545 respectively. These synonyms are deprecated.
5546
5547 @item -mieee-fp
5548 @itemx -mno-ieee-fp
5549 Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating point
5550 comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
5551 comparison is unordered.
5552
5553 @item -msoft-float
5554 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5555 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GNU CC.
5556 Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
5557 this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
5558 own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5559 cross-compilation.
5560
5561 On machines where a function returns floating point results in the 80387
5562 register stack, some floating point opcodes may be emitted even if
5563 @samp{-msoft-float} is used.
5564
5565 @item -mno-fp-ret-in-387
5566 Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions.
5567
5568 The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
5569 @code{float} and @code{double} in an FPU register, even if there
5570 is no FPU. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
5571 an FPU.
5572
5573 The option @samp{-mno-fp-ret-in-387} causes such values to be returned
5574 in ordinary CPU registers instead.
5575
5576 @item -mno-fancy-math-387
5577 Some 387 emulators do not support the @code{sin}, @code{cos} and
5578 @code{sqrt} instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
5579 generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD.
5580 As of revision 2.6.1, these instructions are not generated unless you
5581 also use the @samp{-ffast-math} switch.
5582
5583 @item -malign-double
5584 @itemx -mno-align-double
5585 Control whether GNU CC aligns @code{double}, @code{long double}, and
5586 @code{long long} variables on a two word boundary or a one word
5587 boundary. Aligning @code{double} variables on a two word boundary will
5588 produce code that runs somewhat faster on a @samp{Pentium} at the
5589 expense of more memory.
5590
5591 @strong{Warning:} if you use the @samp{-malign-double} switch,
5592 structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
5593 the published application binary interface specifications for the 386.
5594
5595 @item -msvr3-shlib
5596 @itemx -mno-svr3-shlib
5597 Control whether GNU CC places uninitialized locals into @code{bss} or
5598 @code{data}. @samp{-msvr3-shlib} places these locals into @code{bss}.
5599 These options are meaningful only on System V Release 3.
5600
5601 @item -mno-wide-multiply
5602 @itemx -mwide-multiply
5603 Control whether GNU CC uses the @code{mul} and @code{imul} that produce
5604 64 bit results in @code{eax:edx} from 32 bit operands to do @code{long
5605 long} multiplies and 32-bit division by constants.
5606
5607 @item -mrtd
5608 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
5609 take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{ret} @var{num}
5610 instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
5611 instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
5612 there.
5613
5614 You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
5615 sequence with the function attribute @samp{stdcall}. You can also
5616 override the @samp{-mrtd} option by using the function attribute
5617 @samp{cdecl}. @xref{Function Attributes}.
5618
5619 @strong{Warning:} this calling convention is incompatible with the one
5620 normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
5621 libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
5622
5623 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
5624 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
5625 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
5626 functions.
5627
5628 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
5629 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
5630 harmlessly ignored.)
5631
5632 @item -mreg-alloc=@var{regs}
5633 Control the default allocation order of integer registers. The
5634 string @var{regs} is a series of letters specifying a register. The
5635 supported letters are: @code{a} allocate EAX; @code{b} allocate EBX;
5636 @code{c} allocate ECX; @code{d} allocate EDX; @code{S} allocate ESI;
5637 @code{D} allocate EDI; @code{B} allocate EBP.
5638
5639 @item -mregparm=@var{num}
5640 Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
5641 default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
5642 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
5643 function by using the function attribute @samp{regparm}.
5644 @xref{Function Attributes}.
5645
5646 @strong{Warning:} if you use this switch, and
5647 @var{num} is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
5648 value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
5649 startup modules.
5650
5651 @item -malign-loops=@var{num}
5652 Align loops to a 2 raised to a @var{num} byte boundary. If
5653 @samp{-malign-loops} is not specified, the default is 2 unless
5654 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
5655 to align the loop on a 16 byte boundary if it is less than 8
5656 bytes away.
5657
5658 @item -malign-jumps=@var{num}
5659 Align instructions that are only jumped to to a 2 raised to a @var{num}
5660 byte boundary. If @samp{-malign-jumps} is not specified, the default is
5661 2 if optimizing for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486 unless
5662 gas 2.8 (or later) is being used in which case the default is
5663 to align the instruction on a 16 byte boundary if it is less
5664 than 8 bytes away.
5665
5666 @item -malign-functions=@var{num}
5667 Align the start of functions to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary.
5668 If @samp{-malign-functions} is not specified, the default is 2 if optimizing
5669 for a 386, and 4 if optimizing for a 486.
5670
5671 @item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num}
5672 Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num}
5673 byte boundary. If @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is not specified,
5674 the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
5675
5676 The stack is required to be aligned on a 4 byte boundary. On Pentium
5677 and PentiumPro, @code{double} and @code{long double} values should be
5678 aligned to an 8 byte boundary (see @samp{-malign-double}) or suffer
5679 significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium III, the
5680 Streaming SIMD Extention (SSE) data type @code{__m128} suffers similar
5681 penalties if it is not 16 byte aligned.
5682
5683 To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
5684 must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
5685 Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
5686 aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
5687 stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
5688 boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
5689 libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
5690
5691 This extra alignment does consume extra stack space. Code that is sensitive
5692 to stack space usage, such as embedded systems and operating system kernels,
5693 may want to reduce the preferred alignment to
5694 @samp{-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2}.
5695 @end table
5696
5697 @node HPPA Options
5698 @subsection HPPA Options
5699 @cindex HPPA Options
5700
5701 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the HPPA family of computers:
5702
5703 @table @code
5704 @item -march=@var{architecture type}
5705 Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
5706 @var{architecture type} are @samp{1.0} for PA 1.0, @samp{1.1} for PA
5707 1.1, and @samp{2.0} for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to
5708 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
5709 architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
5710 architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
5711 other way around.
5712
5713 PA 2.0 support currently requires gas snapshot 19990413 or later. The
5714 next release of binutils (current is 2.9.1) will probably contain PA 2.0
5715 support.
5716
5717 @item -mpa-risc-1-0
5718 @itemx -mpa-risc-1-1
5719 @itemx -mpa-risc-2-0
5720 Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
5721
5722 @item -mbig-switch
5723 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
5724 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
5725 table.
5726
5727 @item -mjump-in-delay
5728 Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
5729 by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
5730 of the conditional jump.
5731
5732 @item -mdisable-fpregs
5733 Prevent floating point registers from being used in any manner. This is
5734 necessary for compiling kernels which perform lazy context switching of
5735 floating point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
5736 floating point operations, the compiler will abort.
5737
5738 @item -mdisable-indexing
5739 Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
5740 rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH.
5741
5742 @item -mno-space-regs
5743 Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
5744 GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
5745
5746 Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels.
5747
5748 @item -mfast-indirect-calls
5749 Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
5750 allows GCC to emit code which performs faster indirect calls.
5751
5752 This option will not work in the presense of shared libraries or nested
5753 functions.
5754
5755 @item -mlong-load-store
5756 Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
5757 the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the @samp{+k} option to
5758 the HP compilers.
5759
5760 @item -mportable-runtime
5761 Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems.
5762
5763 @item -mgas
5764 Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands.
5765
5766 @item -mschedule=@var{cpu type}
5767 Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
5768 @var{cpu type}. The choices for @var{cpu type} are @samp{700}
5769 @samp{7100}, @samp{7100LC}, @samp{7200}, and @samp{8000}. Refer to
5770 @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the
5771 proper scheduling option for your machine.
5772
5773 @item -mlinker-opt
5774 Enable the optimization pass in the HPUX linker. Note this makes symbolic
5775 debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HPUX 8 and HPUX 9 linkers
5776 in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
5777
5778 @item -msoft-float
5779 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
5780 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA
5781 targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
5782 used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
5783 your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
5784 cross-compilation. The embedded target @samp{hppa1.1-*-pro}
5785 does provide software floating point support.
5786
5787 @samp{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file;
5788 therefore, it is only useful if you compile @emph{all} of a program with
5789 this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the
5790 library that comes with GNU CC, with @samp{-msoft-float} in order for
5791 this to work.
5792 @end table
5793
5794 @node Intel 960 Options
5795 @subsection Intel 960 Options
5796
5797 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Intel 960 implementations:
5798
5799 @table @code
5800 @item -m@var{cpu type}
5801 Assume the defaults for the machine type @var{cpu type} for some of
5802 the other options, including instruction scheduling, floating point
5803 support, and addressing modes. The choices for @var{cpu type} are
5804 @samp{ka}, @samp{kb}, @samp{mc}, @samp{ca}, @samp{cf},
5805 @samp{sa}, and @samp{sb}.
5806 The default is
5807 @samp{kb}.
5808
5809 @item -mnumerics
5810 @itemx -msoft-float
5811 The @samp{-mnumerics} option indicates that the processor does support
5812 floating-point instructions. The @samp{-msoft-float} option indicates
5813 that floating-point support should not be assumed.
5814
5815 @item -mleaf-procedures
5816 @itemx -mno-leaf-procedures
5817 Do (or do not) attempt to alter leaf procedures to be callable with the
5818 @code{bal} instruction as well as @code{call}. This will result in more
5819 efficient code for explicit calls when the @code{bal} instruction can be
5820 substituted by the assembler or linker, but less efficient code in other
5821 cases, such as calls via function pointers, or using a linker that doesn't
5822 support this optimization.
5823
5824 @item -mtail-call
5825 @itemx -mno-tail-call
5826 Do (or do not) make additional attempts (beyond those of the
5827 machine-independent portions of the compiler) to optimize tail-recursive
5828 calls into branches. You may not want to do this because the detection of
5829 cases where this is not valid is not totally complete. The default is
5830 @samp{-mno-tail-call}.
5831
5832 @item -mcomplex-addr
5833 @itemx -mno-complex-addr
5834 Assume (or do not assume) that the use of a complex addressing mode is a
5835 win on this implementation of the i960. Complex addressing modes may not
5836 be worthwhile on the K-series, but they definitely are on the C-series.
5837 The default is currently @samp{-mcomplex-addr} for all processors except
5838 the CB and CC.
5839
5840 @item -mcode-align
5841 @itemx -mno-code-align
5842 Align code to 8-byte boundaries for faster fetching (or don't bother).
5843 Currently turned on by default for C-series implementations only.
5844
5845 @ignore
5846 @item -mclean-linkage
5847 @itemx -mno-clean-linkage
5848 These options are not fully implemented.
5849 @end ignore
5850
5851 @item -mic-compat
5852 @itemx -mic2.0-compat
5853 @itemx -mic3.0-compat
5854 Enable compatibility with iC960 v2.0 or v3.0.
5855
5856 @item -masm-compat
5857 @itemx -mintel-asm
5858 Enable compatibility with the iC960 assembler.
5859
5860 @item -mstrict-align
5861 @itemx -mno-strict-align
5862 Do not permit (do permit) unaligned accesses.
5863
5864 @item -mold-align
5865 Enable structure-alignment compatibility with Intel's gcc release version
5866 1.3 (based on gcc 1.37). This option implies @samp{-mstrict-align}.
5867
5868 @item -mlong-double-64
5869 Implement type @samp{long double} as 64-bit floating point numbers.
5870 Without the option @samp{long double} is implemented by 80-bit
5871 floating point numbers. The only reason we have it because there is
5872 no 128-bit @samp{long double} support in @samp{fp-bit.c} yet. So it
5873 is only useful for people using soft-float targets. Otherwise, we
5874 should recommend against use of it.
5875
5876 @end table
5877
5878 @node DEC Alpha Options
5879 @subsection DEC Alpha Options
5880
5881 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations:
5882
5883 @table @code
5884 @item -mno-soft-float
5885 @itemx -msoft-float
5886 Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
5887 floating-point operations. When @code{-msoft-float} is specified,
5888 functions in @file{libgcc1.c} will be used to perform floating-point
5889 operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
5890 floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
5891 emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
5892 operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
5893 operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
5894 them.
5895
5896 Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
5897 required to have floating-point registers.
5898
5899 @item -mfp-reg
5900 @itemx -mno-fp-regs
5901 Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
5902 @code{-mno-fp-regs} implies @code{-msoft-float}. If the floating-point
5903 register set is not used, floating point operands are passed in integer
5904 registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
5905 in $0 instead of $f0. This is a non-standard calling sequence, so any
5906 function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
5907 compiled with @code{-mno-fp-regs} must also be compiled with that
5908 option.
5909
5910 A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
5911 and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
5912
5913 @item -mieee
5914 The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
5915 maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating
5916 point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
5917 required. This option generates code fully IEEE compliant code
5918 @emph{except} that the @var{inexact flag} is not maintained (see below).
5919 If this option is turned on, the CPP macro @code{_IEEE_FP} is defined
5920 during compilation. The option is a shorthand for: @samp{-D_IEEE_FP
5921 -mfp-trap-mode=su -mtrap-precision=i -mieee-conformant}. The resulting
5922 code is less efficient but is able to correctly support denormalized
5923 numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and plus/minus
5924 infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5925 @code{-ieee_with_no_inexact}.
5926
5927 @item -mieee-with-inexact
5928 @c overfull hbox here --bob 22 jul96
5929 @c original text between ignore ... end ignore
5930 @ignore
5931 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
5932 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
5933 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
5934 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus @samp{-mieee-conformant},
5935 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}, and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}. On some Alpha
5936 implementations the resulting code may execute significantly slower than
5937 the code generated by default. Since there is very little code that
5938 depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should normally not specify this
5939 option. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5940 @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
5941 @end ignore
5942 @c changed paragraph
5943 This is like @samp{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the
5944 IEEE @var{inexact flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated
5945 code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. The option is a shorthand
5946 for @samp{-D_IEEE_FP -D_IEEE_FP_INEXACT} plus the three following:
5947 @samp{-mieee-conformant},
5948 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui},
5949 and @samp{-mtrap-precision=i}.
5950 On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
5951 significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there
5952 is very little code that depends on the @var{inexact flag}, you should
5953 normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
5954 option @samp{-ieee_with_inexact}.
5955 @c end changes to prevent overfull hboxes
5956
5957 @item -mfp-trap-mode=@var{trap mode}
5958 This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
5959 Other Alpha compilers call this option @samp{-fptm }@var{trap mode}.
5960 The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
5961
5962 @table @samp
5963 @item n
5964 This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
5965 are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
5966 trap).
5967
5968 @item u
5969 In addition to the traps enabled by @samp{n}, underflow traps are enabled
5970 as well.
5971
5972 @item su
5973 Like @samp{su}, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
5974 completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
5975
5976 @item sui
5977 Like @samp{su}, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
5978 @end table
5979
5980 @item -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{rounding mode}
5981 Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
5982 @samp{-fprm }@var{rounding mode}. The @var{rounding mode} can be one
5983 of:
5984
5985 @table @samp
5986 @item n
5987 Normal IEEE rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards
5988 the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
5989 of a tie.
5990
5991 @item m
5992 Round towards minus infinity.
5993
5994 @item c
5995 Chopped rounding mode. Floating point numbers are rounded towards zero.
5996
5997 @item d
5998 Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating point control register
5999 (@var{fpcr}, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
6000 rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
6001 rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
6002 @var{fpcr}, @samp{d} corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
6003 @end table
6004
6005 @item -mtrap-precision=@var{trap precision}
6006 In the Alpha architecture, floating point traps are imprecise. This
6007 means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
6008 floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
6009 GNU CC can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
6010 in determining the exact location that caused a floating point trap.
6011 Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
6012 precisions can be selected:
6013
6014 @table @samp
6015 @item p
6016 Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
6017 can only identify which program caused a floating point exception.
6018
6019 @item f
6020 Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
6021 caused a floating point exception.
6022
6023 @item i
6024 Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
6025 instruction that caused a floating point exception.
6026 @end table
6027
6028 Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
6029 @samp{-scope_safe} and @samp{-resumption_safe}.
6030
6031 @item -mieee-conformant
6032 This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not
6033 use this option unless you also specify @samp{-mtrap-precision=i} and either
6034 @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=su} or @samp{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}. Its only effect
6035 is to emit the line @samp{.eflag 48} in the function prologue of the
6036 generated assembly file. Under DEC Unix, this has the effect that
6037 IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
6038
6039 @item -mbuild-constants
6040 Normally GNU CC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to
6041 see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
6042 instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
6043 generate code to load it from the data segment at runtime.
6044
6045 Use this option to require GNU CC to construct @emph{all} integer constants
6046 using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
6047
6048 You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
6049 loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
6050 before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
6051
6052 @item -malpha-as
6053 @itemx -mgas
6054 Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
6055 assembler (@samp{-malpha-as}) or by the GNU assembler @samp{-mgas}.
6056
6057 @item -mbwx
6058 @itemx -mno-bwx
6059 @itemx -mcix
6060 @itemx -mno-cix
6061 @itemx -mmax
6062 @itemx -mno-max
6063 Indicate whether GNU CC should generate code to use the optional BWX,
6064 CIX, and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets
6065 supported by the CPU type specified via @samp{-mcpu=} option or that
6066 of the CPU on which GNU CC was built if none was specified.
6067
6068 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
6069 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6070 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. You can specify either the
6071 @samp{EV} style name or the corresponding chip number. GNU CC
6072 supports scheduling parameters for the EV4 and EV5 family of processors
6073 and will choose the default values for the instruction set from
6074 the processor you specify. If you do not specify a processor type,
6075 GNU CC will default to the processor on which the compiler was built.
6076
6077 Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are
6078
6079 @table @samp
6080 @item ev4
6081 @itemx 21064
6082 Schedules as an EV4 and has no instruction set extensions.
6083
6084 @item ev5
6085 @itemx 21164
6086 Schedules as an EV5 and has no instruction set extensions.
6087
6088 @item ev56
6089 @itemx 21164a
6090 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX extension.
6091
6092 @item pca56
6093 @itemx 21164pc
6094 @itemx 21164PC
6095 Schedules as an EV5 and supports the BWX and MAX extensions.
6096
6097 @item ev6
6098 @itemx 21264
6099 Schedules as an EV5 (until Digital releases the scheduling parameters
6100 for the EV6) and supports the BWX, CIX, and MAX extensions.
6101 @end table
6102
6103 @item -mmemory-latency=@var{time}
6104 Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
6105 references as seen by the application. This number is highly
6106 dependant on the memory access patterns used by the application
6107 and the size of the external cache on the machine.
6108
6109 Valid options for @var{time} are
6110
6111 @table @samp
6112 @item @var{number}
6113 A decimal number representing clock cycles.
6114
6115 @item L1
6116 @itemx L2
6117 @itemx L3
6118 @itemx main
6119 The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
6120 ``typical'' EV4 & EV5 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
6121 (also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
6122 Note that L3 is only valid for EV5.
6123
6124 @end table
6125 @end table
6126
6127 @node Clipper Options
6128 @subsection Clipper Options
6129
6130 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the Clipper implementations:
6131
6132 @table @code
6133 @item -mc300
6134 Produce code for a C300 Clipper processor. This is the default.
6135
6136 @item -mc400
6137 Produce code for a C400 Clipper processor i.e. use floating point
6138 registers f8..f15.
6139 @end table
6140
6141 @node H8/300 Options
6142 @subsection H8/300 Options
6143
6144 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
6145
6146 @table @code
6147 @item -mrelax
6148 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6149 linker option @samp{-relax}. @xref{H8/300,, @code{ld} and the H8/300,
6150 ld.info, Using ld}, for a fuller description.
6151
6152 @item -mh
6153 Generate code for the H8/300H.
6154
6155 @item -ms
6156 Generate code for the H8/S.
6157
6158 @item -mint32
6159 Make @code{int} data 32 bits by default.
6160
6161 @item -malign-300
6162 On the h8/300h, use the same alignment rules as for the h8/300.
6163 The default for the h8/300h is to align longs and floats on 4 byte boundaries.
6164 @samp{-malign-300} causes them to be aligned on 2 byte boundaries.
6165 This option has no effect on the h8/300.
6166 @end table
6167
6168 @node SH Options
6169 @subsection SH Options
6170
6171 These @samp{-m} options are defined for the SH implementations:
6172
6173 @table @code
6174 @item -m1
6175 Generate code for the SH1.
6176
6177 @item -m2
6178 Generate code for the SH2.
6179
6180 @item -m3
6181 Generate code for the SH3.
6182
6183 @item -m3e
6184 Generate code for the SH3e.
6185
6186 @item -mb
6187 Compile code for the processor in big endian mode.
6188
6189 @item -ml
6190 Compile code for the processor in little endian mode.
6191
6192 @item -mdalign
6193 Align doubles at 64 bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
6194 conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
6195 not work unless you recompile it first with -mdalign.
6196
6197 @item -mrelax
6198 Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
6199 linker option @samp{-relax}.
6200 @end table
6201
6202 @node System V Options
6203 @subsection Options for System V
6204
6205 These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
6206 compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
6207
6208 @table @code
6209 @item -G
6210 Create a shared object.
6211 It is recommended that @samp{-symbolic} or @samp{-shared} be used instead.
6212
6213 @item -Qy
6214 Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
6215 @code{.ident} assembler directive in the output.
6216
6217 @item -Qn
6218 Refrain from adding @code{.ident} directives to the output file (this is
6219 the default).
6220
6221 @item -YP,@var{dirs}
6222 Search the directories @var{dirs}, and no others, for libraries
6223 specified with @samp{-l}.
6224
6225 @item -Ym,@var{dir}
6226 Look in the directory @var{dir} to find the M4 preprocessor.
6227 The assembler uses this option.
6228 @c This is supposed to go with a -Yd for predefined M4 macro files, but
6229 @c the generic assembler that comes with Solaris takes just -Ym.
6230 @end table
6231
6232 @node TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6233 @subsection TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6234 @cindex TMS320C3x/C4x Options
6235
6236 These @samp{-m} options are defined for TMS320C3x/C4x implementations:
6237
6238 @table @code
6239
6240 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type}
6241 Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
6242 parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for
6243 @var{cpu_type} are @samp{c30}, @samp{c31}, @samp{c32}, @samp{c40}, and
6244 @samp{c44}. The default is @samp{c40} to generate code for the
6245 TMS320C40.
6246
6247 @item -mbig-memory
6248 @item -mbig
6249 @itemx -msmall-memory
6250 @itemx -msmall
6251 Generates code for the big or small memory model. The small memory
6252 model assumed that all data fits into one 64K word page. At run-time
6253 the data page (DP) register must be set to point to the 64K page
6254 containing the .bss and .data program sections. The big memory model is
6255 the default and requires reloading of the DP register for every direct
6256 memory access.
6257
6258 @item -mbk
6259 @itemx -mno-bk
6260 Allow (disallow) allocation of general integer operands into the block
6261 count register BK.
6262
6263 @item -mdb
6264 @itemx -mno-db
6265 Enable (disable) generation of code using decrement and branch,
6266 DBcond(D), instructions. This is enabled by default for the C4x. To be
6267 on the safe side, this is disabled for the C3x, since the maximum
6268 iteration count on the C3x is 2^23 + 1 (but who iterates loops more than
6269 2^23 times on the C3x?). Note that GCC will try to reverse a loop so
6270 that it can utilise the decrement and branch instruction, but will give
6271 up if there is more than one memory reference in the loop. Thus a loop
6272 where the loop counter is decremented can generate slightly more
6273 efficient code, in cases where the RPTB instruction cannot be utilised.
6274
6275 @item -mdp-isr-reload
6276 @itemx -mparanoid
6277 Force the DP register to be saved on entry to an interrupt service
6278 routine (ISR), reloaded to point to the data section, and restored on
6279 exit from the ISR. This should not be required unless someone has
6280 violated the small memory model by modifying the DP register, say within
6281 an object library.
6282
6283 @item -mmpyi
6284 @itemx -mno-mpyi
6285 For the C3x use the 24-bit MPYI instruction for integer multiplies
6286 instead of a library call to guarantee 32-bit results. Note that if one
6287 of the operands is a constant, then the multiplication will be performed
6288 using shifts and adds. If the -mmpyi option is not specified for the C3x,
6289 then squaring operations are performed inline instead of a library call.
6290
6291 @item -mfast-fix
6292 @itemx -mno-fast-fix
6293 The C3x/C4x FIX instruction to convert a floating point value to an
6294 integer value chooses the nearest integer less than or equal to the
6295 floating point value rather than to the nearest integer. Thus if the
6296 floating point number is negative, the result will be incorrectly
6297 truncated an additional code is necessary to detect and correct this
6298 case. This option can be used to disable generation of the additional
6299 code required to correct the result.
6300
6301 @item -mrptb
6302 @itemx -mno-rptb
6303 Enable (disable) generation of repeat block sequences using the RPTB
6304 instruction for zero overhead looping. The RPTB construct is only used
6305 for innermost loops that do not call functions or jump across the loop
6306 boundaries. There is no advantage having nested RPTB loops due to the
6307 overhead required to save and restore the RC, RS, and RE registers.
6308 This is enabled by default with -O2.
6309
6310 @item -mrpts=@var{count}
6311 @itemx -mno-rpts
6312 Enable (disable) the use of the single instruction repeat instruction
6313 RPTS. If a repeat block contains a single instruction, and the loop
6314 count can be guaranteed to be less than the value @var{count}, GCC will
6315 emit a RPTS instruction instead of a RPTB. If no value is specified,
6316 then a RPTS will be emitted even if the loop count cannot be determined
6317 at compile time. Note that the repeated instruction following RPTS does
6318 not have to be reloaded from memory each iteration, thus freeing up the
6319 CPU buses for oeprands. However, since interrupts are blocked by this
6320 instruction, it is disabled by default.
6321
6322 @item -mloop-unsigned
6323 @itemx -mno-loop-unsigned
6324 The maximum iteration count when using RPTS and RPTB (and DB on the C40)
6325 is 2^31 + 1 since these instructions test if the iteration count is
6326 negative to terminate the loop. If the iteration count is unsigned
6327 there is a possibility than the 2^31 + 1 maximum iteration count may be
6328 exceeded. This switch allows an unsigned iteration count.
6329
6330 @item -mti
6331 Try to emit an assembler syntax that the TI assembler (asm30) is happy
6332 with. This also enforces compatibility with the API employed by the TI
6333 C3x C compiler. For example, long doubles are passed as structures
6334 rather than in floating point registers.
6335
6336 @item -mregparm
6337 @itemx -mmemparm
6338 Generate code that uses registers (stack) for passing arguments to functions.
6339 By default, arguments are passed in registers where possible rather
6340 than by pushing arguments on to the stack.
6341
6342 @item -mparallel-insns
6343 @itemx -mno-parallel-insns
6344 Allow the generation of parallel instructions. This is enabled by
6345 default with -O2.
6346
6347 @item -mparallel-mpy
6348 @itemx -mno-parallel-mpy
6349 Allow the generation of MPY||ADD and MPY||SUB parallel instructions,
6350 provided -mparallel-insns is also specified. These instructions have
6351 tight register constraints which can pessimize the code generation
6352 of large functions.
6353
6354 @end table
6355
6356 @node V850 Options
6357 @subsection V850 Options
6358 @cindex V850 Options
6359
6360 These @samp{-m} options are defined for V850 implementations:
6361
6362 @table @code
6363 @item -mlong-calls
6364 @itemx -mno-long-calls
6365 Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
6366 far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
6367 register, and call indirect through the pointer.
6368
6369 @item -mno-ep
6370 @itemx -mep
6371 Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
6372 pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the @code{ep} register, and
6373 use the shorter @code{sld} and @code{sst} instructions. The @samp{-mep}
6374 option is on by default if you optimize.
6375
6376 @item -mno-prolog-function
6377 @itemx -mprolog-function
6378 Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at
6379 the prolog and epilog of a function. The external functions are slower,
6380 but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number
6381 of registers. The @samp{-mprolog-function} option is on by default if
6382 you optimize.
6383
6384 @item -mspace
6385 Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
6386 on the @samp{-mep} and @samp{-mprolog-function} options.
6387
6388 @item -mtda=@var{n}
6389 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6390 the tiny data area that register @code{ep} points to. The tiny data
6391 area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
6392
6393 @item -msda=@var{n}
6394 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6395 the small data area that register @code{gp} points to. The small data
6396 area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
6397
6398 @item -mzda=@var{n}
6399 Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into
6400 the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
6401
6402 @item -mv850
6403 Specify that the target processor is the V850.
6404
6405 @item -mbig-switch
6406 Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
6407 the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
6408 table.
6409 @end table
6410
6411 @node ARC Options
6412 @subsection ARC Options
6413 @cindex ARC Options
6414
6415 These options are defined for ARC implementations:
6416
6417 @table @code
6418 @item -EL
6419 Compile code for little endian mode. This is the default.
6420
6421 @item -EB
6422 Compile code for big endian mode.
6423
6424 @item -mmangle-cpu
6425 Prepend the name of the cpu to all public symbol names.
6426 In multiple-processor systems, there are many ARC variants with different
6427 instruction and register set characteristics. This flag prevents code
6428 compiled for one cpu to be linked with code compiled for another.
6429 No facility exists for handling variants that are "almost identical".
6430 This is an all or nothing option.
6431
6432 @item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
6433 Compile code for ARC variant @var{cpu}.
6434 Which variants are supported depend on the configuration.
6435 All variants support @samp{-mcpu=base}, this is the default.
6436
6437 @item -mtext=@var{text section}
6438 @itemx -mdata=@var{data section}
6439 @itemx -mrodata=@var{readonly data section}
6440 Put functions, data, and readonly data in @var{text section},
6441 @var{data section}, and @var{readonly data section} respectively
6442 by default. This can be overridden with the @code{section} attribute.
6443 @xref{Variable Attributes}.
6444
6445 @end table
6446
6447 @node NS32K Options
6448 @subsection NS32K Options
6449 @cindex NS32K options
6450
6451 These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the 32000 series. The default
6452 values for these options depends on which style of 32000 was selected when
6453 the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are
6454 given below.
6455
6456 @table @code
6457 @item -m32032
6458 @itemx -m32032
6459 Generate output for a 32032. This is the default
6460 when the compiler is configured for 32032 and 32016 based systems.
6461
6462 @item -m32332
6463 @itemx -m32332
6464 Generate output for a 32332. This is the default
6465 when the compiler is configured for 32332-based systems.
6466
6467 @item -m32532
6468 @itemx -m32532
6469 Generate output for a 32532. This is the default
6470 when the compiler is configured for 32532-based systems.
6471
6472 @item -m32081
6473 Generate output containing 32081 instructions for floating point.
6474 This is the default for all systems.
6475
6476 @item -m32381
6477 Generate output containing 32381 instructions for floating point. This
6478 also implies @samp{-m32081}. The 32381 is only compatible with the 32332
6479 and 32532 cpus. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd configuration.
6480
6481 @item -mmulti-add
6482 Try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions @code{polyF}
6483 and @code{dotF}. This option is only available if the @samp{-m32381}
6484 option is in effect. Using these instructions requires changes to to
6485 register allocation which generally has a negative impact on
6486 performance. This option should only be enabled when compiling code
6487 particularly likely to make heavy use of multiply-add instructions.
6488
6489 @item -mnomulti-add
6490 Do not try and generate multiply-add floating point instructions
6491 @code{polyF} and @code{dotF}. This is the default on all platforms.
6492
6493 @item -msoft-float
6494 Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
6495 @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries may not be available.
6496
6497 @item -mnobitfield
6498 Do not use the bit-field instructions. On some machines it is faster to
6499 use shifting and masking operations. This is the default for the pc532.
6500
6501 @item -mbitfield
6502 Do use the bit-field instructions. This is the default for all platforms
6503 except the pc532.
6504
6505 @item -mrtd
6506 Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
6507 that take a fixed number of arguments return pop their
6508 arguments on return with the @code{ret} instruction.
6509
6510 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
6511 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
6512 compiled with the Unix compiler.
6513
6514 Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
6515 take variable numbers of arguments (including @code{printf});
6516 otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
6517 functions.
6518
6519 In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
6520 function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
6521 harmlessly ignored.)
6522
6523 This option takes its name from the 680x0 @code{rtd} instruction.
6524
6525
6526 @item -mregparam
6527 Use a different function-calling convention where the first two arguments
6528 are passed in registers.
6529
6530 This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
6531 used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
6532 compiled with the Unix compiler.
6533
6534 @item -mnoregparam
6535 Do not pass any arguments in registers. This is the default for all
6536 targets.
6537
6538 @item -msb
6539 It is OK to use the sb as an index register which is always loaded with
6540 zero. This is the default for the pc532-netbsd target.
6541
6542 @item -mnosb
6543 The sb register is not available for use or has not been initialized to
6544 zero by the run time system. This is the default for all targets except
6545 the pc532-netbsd. It is also implied whenever @samp{-mhimem} or
6546 @samp{-fpic} is set.
6547
6548 @item -mhimem
6549 Many ns32000 series addressing modes use displacements of up to 512MB.
6550 If an address is above 512MB then displacements from zero can not be used.
6551 This option causes code to be generated which can be loaded above 512MB.
6552 This may be useful for operating systems or ROM code.
6553
6554 @item -mnohimem
6555 Assume code will be loaded in the first 512MB of virtual address space.
6556 This is the default for all platforms.
6557
6558
6559 @end table
6560
6561
6562
6563 @node Code Gen Options
6564 @section Options for Code Generation Conventions
6565 @cindex code generation conventions
6566 @cindex options, code generation
6567 @cindex run-time options
6568
6569 These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
6570 used in code generation.
6571
6572 Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
6573 of @samp{-ffoo} would be @samp{-fno-foo}. In the table below, only
6574 one of the forms is listed---the one which is not the default. You
6575 can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or adding
6576 it.
6577
6578 @table @code
6579 @item -fexceptions
6580 Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
6581 exceptions. For some targets, this implies generation of frame unwind
6582 information for all functions. This can produce significant data size
6583 overhead, although it does not affect execution.
6584 If you do not specify this option, it is enabled by
6585 default for languages like C++ which normally require exception handling,
6586 and disabled for languages like C that do not normally require it.
6587 However, when compiling C code that needs to interoperate properly with
6588 exception handlers written in C++, you may need to enable this option.
6589 You may also wish to disable this option is you are compiling older C++
6590 programs that don't use exception handling.
6591
6592 @item -fpcc-struct-return
6593 Return ``short'' @code{struct} and @code{union} values in memory like
6594 longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
6595 efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
6596 GNU CC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers.
6597
6598 The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
6599 on the target configuration macros.
6600
6601 Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
6602 that of some integer type.
6603
6604 @item -freg-struct-return
6605 Use the convention that @code{struct} and @code{union} values are
6606 returned in registers when possible. This is more efficient for small
6607 structures than @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}.
6608
6609 If you specify neither @samp{-fpcc-struct-return} nor its contrary
6610 @samp{-freg-struct-return}, GNU CC defaults to whichever convention is
6611 standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, GNU CC
6612 defaults to @samp{-fpcc-struct-return}, except on targets where GNU CC
6613 is the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard,
6614 and we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
6615
6616 @item -fshort-enums
6617 Allocate to an @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it needs for the
6618 declared range of possible values. Specifically, the @code{enum} type
6619 will be equivalent to the smallest integer type which has enough room.
6620
6621 @item -fshort-double
6622 Use the same size for @code{double} as for @code{float}.
6623
6624 @item -fshared-data
6625 Requests that the data and non-@code{const} variables of this
6626 compilation be shared data rather than private data. The distinction
6627 makes sense only on certain operating systems, where shared data is
6628 shared between processes running the same program, while private data
6629 exists in one copy per process.
6630
6631 @item -fno-common
6632 Allocate even uninitialized global variables in the bss section of the
6633 object file, rather than generating them as common blocks. This has the
6634 effect that if the same variable is declared (without @code{extern}) in
6635 two different compilations, you will get an error when you link them.
6636 The only reason this might be useful is if you wish to verify that the
6637 program will work on other systems which always work this way.
6638
6639 @item -fno-ident
6640 Ignore the @samp{#ident} directive.
6641
6642 @item -fno-gnu-linker
6643 Do not output global initializations (such as C++ constructors and
6644 destructors) in the form used by the GNU linker (on systems where the GNU
6645 linker is the standard method of handling them). Use this option when
6646 you want to use a non-GNU linker, which also requires using the
6647 @code{collect2} program to make sure the system linker includes
6648 constructors and destructors. (@code{collect2} is included in the GNU CC
6649 distribution.) For systems which @emph{must} use @code{collect2}, the
6650 compiler driver @code{gcc} is configured to do this automatically.
6651
6652 @item -finhibit-size-directive
6653 Don't output a @code{.size} assembler directive, or anything else that
6654 would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
6655 two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
6656 used when compiling @file{crtstuff.c}; you should not need to use it
6657 for anything else.
6658
6659 @item -fverbose-asm
6660 Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
6661 make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
6662 who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
6663 debugging the compiler itself).
6664
6665 @samp{-fno-verbose-asm}, the default, causes the
6666 extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
6667 files.
6668
6669 @item -fvolatile
6670 Consider all memory references through pointers to be volatile.
6671
6672 @item -fvolatile-global
6673 Consider all memory references to extern and global data items to
6674 be volatile. GNU CC does not consider static data items to be volatile
6675 because of this switch.
6676
6677 @item -fvolatile-static
6678 Consider all memory references to static data to be volatile.
6679
6680 @item -fpic
6681 @cindex global offset table
6682 @cindex PIC
6683 Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared
6684 library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
6685 constant addresses through a global offset table (GOT). The dynamic
6686 loader resolves the GOT entries when the program starts (the dynamic
6687 loader is not part of GNU CC; it is part of the operating system). If
6688 the GOT size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
6689 maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
6690 @samp{-fpic} does not work; in that case, recompile with @samp{-fPIC}
6691 instead. (These maximums are 16k on the m88k, 8k on the Sparc, and 32k
6692 on the m68k and RS/6000. The 386 has no such limit.)
6693
6694 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
6695 only on certain machines. For the 386, GNU CC supports PIC for System V
6696 but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the IBM RS/6000 is always
6697 position-independent.
6698
6699 @item -fPIC
6700 If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
6701 suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
6702 global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k, m88k,
6703 and the Sparc.
6704
6705 Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
6706 only on certain machines.
6707
6708 @item -ffixed-@var{reg}
6709 Treat the register named @var{reg} as a fixed register; generated code
6710 should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
6711 pointer or in some other fixed role).
6712
6713 @var{reg} must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
6714 are machine-specific and are defined in the @code{REGISTER_NAMES}
6715 macro in the machine description macro file.
6716
6717 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6718 three-way choice.
6719
6720 @item -fcall-used-@var{reg}
6721 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register that is
6722 clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
6723 variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
6724 will not save and restore the register @var{reg}.
6725
6726 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
6727 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
6728 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
6729
6730 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6731 three-way choice.
6732
6733 @item -fcall-saved-@var{reg}
6734 Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register saved by
6735 functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
6736 live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
6737 the register @var{reg} if they use it.
6738
6739 It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
6740 Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
6741 the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
6742
6743 A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
6744 a register in which function values may be returned.
6745
6746 This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
6747 three-way choice.
6748
6749 @item -fpack-struct
6750 Pack all structure members together without holes. Usually you would
6751 not want to use this option, since it makes the code suboptimal, and
6752 the offsets of structure members won't agree with system libraries.
6753
6754 @item -fcheck-memory-usage
6755 Generate extra code to check each memory access. GNU CC will generate
6756 code that is suitable for a detector of bad memory accesses such as
6757 @file{Checker}.
6758
6759 Normally, you should compile all, or none, of your code with this option.
6760
6761 If you do mix code compiled with and without this option,
6762 you must ensure that all code that has side effects
6763 and that is called by code compiled with this option
6764 is, itself, compiled with this option.
6765 If you do not, you might get erroneous messages from the detector.
6766
6767 If you use functions from a library that have side-effects (such as
6768 @code{read}), you might not be able to recompile the library and
6769 specify this option. In that case, you can enable the
6770 @samp{-fprefix-function-name} option, which requests GNU CC to encapsulate
6771 your code and make other functions look as if they were compiled with
6772 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}. This is done by calling ``stubs'',
6773 which are provided by the detector. If you cannot find or build
6774 stubs for every function you call, you might have to specify
6775 @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage} without @samp{-fprefix-function-name}.
6776
6777 If you specify this option, you can not use the @code{asm} or
6778 @code{__asm__} keywords in functions with memory checking enabled. The
6779 compiler cannot understand what the @code{asm} statement will do, and
6780 therefore cannot generate the appropriate code, so it is rejected.
6781 However, the function attribute @code{no_check_memory_usage} will
6782 disable memory checking within a function, and @code{asm} statements can
6783 be put inside such functions. Inline expansion of a non-checked
6784 function within a checked function is permitted; the inline function's
6785 memory accesses won't be checked, but the rest will.
6786
6787 If you move your @code{asm} statements to non-checked inline functions,
6788 but they do access memory, you can add calls to the support code in your
6789 inline function, to indicate any reads, writes, or copies being done.
6790 These calls would be similar to those done in the stubs described above.
6791
6792 @c FIXME: The support-routine interface is defined by the compiler and
6793 @c should be documented!
6794
6795 @item -fprefix-function-name
6796 Request GNU CC to add a prefix to the symbols generated for function names.
6797 GNU CC adds a prefix to the names of functions defined as well as
6798 functions called. Code compiled with this option and code compiled
6799 without the option can't be linked together, unless stubs are used.
6800
6801 If you compile the following code with @samp{-fprefix-function-name}
6802 @example
6803 extern void bar (int);
6804 void
6805 foo (int a)
6806 @{
6807 return bar (a + 5);
6808 @}
6809 @end example
6810
6811 @noindent
6812 GNU CC will compile the code as if it was written:
6813 @example
6814 extern void prefix_bar (int);
6815 void
6816 prefix_foo (int a)
6817 @{
6818 return prefix_bar (a + 5);
6819 @}
6820 @end example
6821 This option is designed to be used with @samp{-fcheck-memory-usage}.
6822
6823 @item -finstrument-functions
6824 Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
6825 after function entry and just before function exit, the following
6826 profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
6827 function and its call site. (On some platforms,
6828 @code{__builtin_return_address} does not work beyond the current
6829 function, so the call site information may not be available to the
6830 profiling functions otherwise.)
6831
6832 @example
6833 void __cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
6834 void __cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
6835 @end example
6836
6837 The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
6838 which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
6839
6840 This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
6841 functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
6842 inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
6843 versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
6844 function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
6845 code size. If you use @samp{extern inline} in your C code, an
6846 addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
6847 normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
6848 expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
6849 providing static copies.)
6850
6851 A function may be given the attribute @code{no_instrument_function}, in
6852 which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
6853 example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
6854 interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
6855 cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
6856 routines generate output or allocate memory).
6857
6858 @item -fstack-check
6859 Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
6860 stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
6861 environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
6862 a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
6863 detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
6864
6865 @cindex aliasing of parameters
6866 @cindex parameters, aliased
6867 @item -fargument-alias
6868 @itemx -fargument-noalias
6869 @itemx -fargument-noalias-global
6870 Specify the possible relationships among parameters and between
6871 parameters and global data.
6872
6873 @samp{-fargument-alias} specifies that arguments (parameters) may
6874 alias each other and may alias global storage.
6875 @samp{-fargument-noalias} specifies that arguments do not alias
6876 each other, but may alias global storage.
6877 @samp{-fargument-noalias-global} specifies that arguments do not
6878 alias each other and do not alias global storage.
6879
6880 Each language will automatically use whatever option is required by
6881 the language standard. You should not need to use these options yourself.
6882
6883 @item -fleading-underscore
6884 This option and its counterpart, -fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
6885 change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
6886 is to help link with legacy assembly code.
6887
6888 Be warned that you should know what you are doing when invoking this
6889 option, and that not all targets provide complete support for it.
6890 @end table
6891
6892 @node Environment Variables
6893 @section Environment Variables Affecting GNU CC
6894 @cindex environment variables
6895
6896 This section describes several environment variables that affect how GNU
6897 CC operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
6898 when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
6899 aspects of the compilation environment.
6900
6901 @ifclear INTERNALS
6902 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
6903 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
6904 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
6905 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GNU
6906 CC.
6907 @end ifclear
6908 @ifset INTERNALS
6909 Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
6910 @samp{-B}, @samp{-I} and @samp{-L} (@pxref{Directory Options}). These
6911 take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
6912 in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of GNU
6913 CC. @xref{Driver}.
6914 @end ifset
6915
6916 @table @code
6917 @item LANG
6918 @itemx LC_CTYPE
6919 @c @itemx LC_COLLATE
6920 @itemx LC_MESSAGES
6921 @c @itemx LC_MONETARY
6922 @c @itemx LC_NUMERIC
6923 @c @itemx LC_TIME
6924 @itemx LC_ALL
6925 @findex LANG
6926 @findex LC_CTYPE
6927 @c @findex LC_COLLATE
6928 @findex LC_MESSAGES
6929 @c @findex LC_MONETARY
6930 @c @findex LC_NUMERIC
6931 @c @findex LC_TIME
6932 @findex LC_ALL
6933 @cindex locale
6934 These environment variables control the way that GNU CC uses
6935 localization information that allow GNU CC to work with different
6936 national conventions. GNU CC inspects the locale categories
6937 @code{LC_CTYPE} and @code{LC_MESSAGES} if it has been configured to do
6938 so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
6939 installation. A typical value is @samp{en_UK} for English in the United
6940 Kingdom.
6941
6942 The @code{LC_CTYPE} environment variable specifies character
6943 classification. GNU CC uses it to determine the character boundaries in
6944 a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
6945 and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
6946 end or escape.
6947
6948 The @code{LC_MESSAGES} environment variable specifies the language to
6949 use in diagnostic messages.
6950
6951 If the @code{LC_ALL} environment variable is set, it overrides the value
6952 of @code{LC_CTYPE} and @code{LC_MESSAGES}; otherwise, @code{LC_CTYPE}
6953 and @code{LC_MESSAGES} default to the value of the @code{LANG}
6954 environment variable. If none of these variables are set, GNU CC
6955 defaults to traditional C English behavior.
6956
6957 @item TMPDIR
6958 @findex TMPDIR
6959 If @code{TMPDIR} is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
6960 files. GNU CC uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
6961 compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
6962 the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
6963 proper.
6964
6965 @item GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
6966 @findex GCC_EXEC_PREFIX
6967 If @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
6968 names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
6969 when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
6970 specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
6971
6972 If GNU CC cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
6973 tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
6974
6975 The default value of @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} is
6976 @file{@var{prefix}/lib/gcc-lib/} where @var{prefix} is the value
6977 of @code{prefix} when you ran the @file{configure} script.
6978
6979 Other prefixes specified with @samp{-B} take precedence over this prefix.
6980
6981 This prefix is also used for finding files such as @file{crt0.o} that are
6982 used for linking.
6983
6984 In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
6985 directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
6986 directories whose name normally begins with @samp{/usr/local/lib/gcc-lib}
6987 (more precisely, with the value of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}), GNU CC tries
6988 replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
6989 alternate directory name. Thus, with @samp{-Bfoo/}, GNU CC will search
6990 @file{foo/bar} where it would normally search @file{/usr/local/lib/bar}.
6991 These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
6992 come next.
6993
6994 @item COMPILER_PATH
6995 @findex COMPILER_PATH
6996 The value of @code{COMPILER_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
6997 directories, much like @code{PATH}. GNU CC tries the directories thus
6998 specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
6999 subprograms using @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}.
7000
7001 @item LIBRARY_PATH
7002 @findex LIBRARY_PATH
7003 The value of @code{LIBRARY_PATH} is a colon-separated list of
7004 directories, much like @code{PATH}. When configured as a native compiler,
7005 GNU CC tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
7006 linker files, if it can't find them using @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. Linking
7007 using GNU CC also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
7008 libraries for the @samp{-l} option (but directories specified with
7009 @samp{-L} come first).
7010
7011 @item C_INCLUDE_PATH
7012 @itemx CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7013 @itemx OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
7014 @findex C_INCLUDE_PATH
7015 @findex CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7016 @findex OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH
7017 @c @itemx OBJCPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
7018 These environment variables pertain to particular languages. Each
7019 variable's value is a colon-separated list of directories, much like
7020 @code{PATH}. When GNU CC searches for header files, it tries the
7021 directories listed in the variable for the language you are using, after
7022 the directories specified with @samp{-I} but before the standard header
7023 file directories.
7024
7025 @item DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
7026 @findex DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT
7027 @cindex dependencies for make as output
7028 If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output dependencies
7029 for Make based on the header files processed by the compiler. This
7030 output looks much like the output from the @samp{-M} option
7031 (@pxref{Preprocessor Options}), but it goes to a separate file, and is
7032 in addition to the usual results of compilation.
7033
7034 The value of @code{DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT} can be just a file name, in
7035 which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
7036 name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
7037 @samp{@var{file} @var{target}}, in which case the rules are written to
7038 file @var{file} using @var{target} as the target name.
7039
7040 @item LANG
7041 @findex LANG
7042 @cindex locale definition
7043 This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
7044 which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
7045 when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and C++.
7046 When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
7047 the following values for @code{LANG} are recognized:
7048
7049 @table @code
7050 @item C-JIS
7051 Recognize JIS characters.
7052 @item C-SJIS
7053 Recognize SJIS characters.
7054 @item C-EUCJP
7055 Recognize EUCJP characters.
7056 @end table
7057
7058 If @code{LANG} is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
7059 compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
7060 recognize and translate multibyte characters.
7061 @end table
7062
7063 @node Running Protoize
7064 @section Running Protoize
7065
7066 The program @code{protoize} is an optional part of GNU C. You can use
7067 it to add prototypes to a program, thus converting the program to ANSI
7068 C in one respect. The companion program @code{unprotoize} does the
7069 reverse: it removes argument types from any prototypes that are found.
7070
7071 When you run these programs, you must specify a set of source files as
7072 command line arguments. The conversion programs start out by compiling
7073 these files to see what functions they define. The information gathered
7074 about a file @var{foo} is saved in a file named @file{@var{foo}.X}.
7075
7076 After scanning comes actual conversion. The specified files are all
7077 eligible to be converted; any files they include (whether sources or
7078 just headers) are eligible as well.
7079
7080 But not all the eligible files are converted. By default,
7081 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} convert only source and header
7082 files in the current directory. You can specify additional directories
7083 whose files should be converted with the @samp{-d @var{directory}}
7084 option. You can also specify particular files to exclude with the
7085 @samp{-x @var{file}} option. A file is converted if it is eligible, its
7086 directory name matches one of the specified directory names, and its
7087 name within the directory has not been excluded.
7088
7089 Basic conversion with @code{protoize} consists of rewriting most
7090 function definitions and function declarations to specify the types of
7091 the arguments. The only ones not rewritten are those for varargs
7092 functions.
7093
7094 @code{protoize} optionally inserts prototype declarations at the
7095 beginning of the source file, to make them available for any calls that
7096 precede the function's definition. Or it can insert prototype
7097 declarations with block scope in the blocks where undeclared functions
7098 are called.
7099
7100 Basic conversion with @code{unprotoize} consists of rewriting most
7101 function declarations to remove any argument types, and rewriting
7102 function definitions to the old-style pre-ANSI form.
7103
7104 Both conversion programs print a warning for any function declaration or
7105 definition that they can't convert. You can suppress these warnings
7106 with @samp{-q}.
7107
7108 The output from @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize} replaces the
7109 original source file. The original file is renamed to a name ending
7110 with @samp{.save}. If the @samp{.save} file already exists, then
7111 the source file is simply discarded.
7112
7113 @code{protoize} and @code{unprotoize} both depend on GNU CC itself to
7114 scan the program and collect information about the functions it uses.
7115 So neither of these programs will work until GNU CC is installed.
7116
7117 Here is a table of the options you can use with @code{protoize} and
7118 @code{unprotoize}. Each option works with both programs unless
7119 otherwise stated.
7120
7121 @table @code
7122 @item -B @var{directory}
7123 Look for the file @file{SYSCALLS.c.X} in @var{directory}, instead of the
7124 usual directory (normally @file{/usr/local/lib}). This file contains
7125 prototype information about standard system functions. This option
7126 applies only to @code{protoize}.
7127
7128 @item -c @var{compilation-options}
7129 Use @var{compilation-options} as the options when running @code{gcc} to
7130 produce the @samp{.X} files. The special option @samp{-aux-info} is
7131 always passed in addition, to tell @code{gcc} to write a @samp{.X} file.
7132
7133 Note that the compilation options must be given as a single argument to
7134 @code{protoize} or @code{unprotoize}. If you want to specify several
7135 @code{gcc} options, you must quote the entire set of compilation options
7136 to make them a single word in the shell.
7137
7138 There are certain @code{gcc} arguments that you cannot use, because they
7139 would produce the wrong kind of output. These include @samp{-g},
7140 @samp{-O}, @samp{-c}, @samp{-S}, and @samp{-o} If you include these in
7141 the @var{compilation-options}, they are ignored.
7142
7143 @item -C
7144 Rename files to end in @samp{.C} instead of @samp{.c}.
7145 This is convenient if you are converting a C program to C++.
7146 This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7147
7148 @item -g
7149 Add explicit global declarations. This means inserting explicit
7150 declarations at the beginning of each source file for each function
7151 that is called in the file and was not declared. These declarations
7152 precede the first function definition that contains a call to an
7153 undeclared function. This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7154
7155 @item -i @var{string}
7156 Indent old-style parameter declarations with the string @var{string}.
7157 This option applies only to @code{protoize}.
7158
7159 @code{unprotoize} converts prototyped function definitions to old-style
7160 function definitions, where the arguments are declared between the
7161 argument list and the initial @samp{@{}. By default, @code{unprotoize}
7162 uses five spaces as the indentation. If you want to indent with just
7163 one space instead, use @samp{-i " "}.
7164
7165 @item -k
7166 Keep the @samp{.X} files. Normally, they are deleted after conversion
7167 is finished.
7168
7169 @item -l
7170 Add explicit local declarations. @code{protoize} with @samp{-l} inserts
7171 a prototype declaration for each function in each block which calls the
7172 function without any declaration. This option applies only to
7173 @code{protoize}.
7174
7175 @item -n
7176 Make no real changes. This mode just prints information about the conversions
7177 that would have been done without @samp{-n}.
7178
7179 @item -N
7180 Make no @samp{.save} files. The original files are simply deleted.
7181 Use this option with caution.
7182
7183 @item -p @var{program}
7184 Use the program @var{program} as the compiler. Normally, the name
7185 @file{gcc} is used.
7186
7187 @item -q
7188 Work quietly. Most warnings are suppressed.
7189
7190 @item -v
7191 Print the version number, just like @samp{-v} for @code{gcc}.
7192 @end table
7193
7194 If you need special compiler options to compile one of your program's
7195 source files, then you should generate that file's @samp{.X} file
7196 specially, by running @code{gcc} on that source file with the
7197 appropriate options and the option @samp{-aux-info}. Then run
7198 @code{protoize} on the entire set of files. @code{protoize} will use
7199 the existing @samp{.X} file because it is newer than the source file.
7200 For example:
7201
7202 @example
7203 gcc -Dfoo=bar file1.c -aux-info
7204 protoize *.c
7205 @end example
7206
7207 @noindent
7208 You need to include the special files along with the rest in the
7209 @code{protoize} command, even though their @samp{.X} files already
7210 exist, because otherwise they won't get converted.
7211
7212 @xref{Protoize Caveats}, for more information on how to use
7213 @code{protoize} successfully.
7214